Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Wynnstay Group

Wynnstay Group

wyn · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker wyn
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Wynnstay Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering a sustainable farming future
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Contents

Strategic Report
Operational Highlights 
Financial Highlights 
Group Structure 
Wynnstay at a Glance 
Our Divisions 
Our Pillars 
Business Model 
Growth Strategy 
Chairman’s Statement      
Chief Executive’s Report      
Finance Review      
Company Details and Advisors 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties      
S172 Statement 

ESG Framework

Environmental Strategy  
TCFD Statement 
SECR Statement 
Social  
Corporate Values  
Corporate Governance Statement      
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Responsibility Statement      
Board of Directors and Company Secretary      
Senior Management 
Directors’ Report      
Directors’ Remuneration Report      
Independent Auditor’s Report      

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets      
Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity      
Consolidated and Company Cashflow Statement      
Principal Accounting Policies 
Notes to the Accounts   

Shareholder Information

Notice of Annual General Meeting      
Notes to Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Financial Calendar 

3
4
5
6
7-10
11
12
13
15-18
19-22
25-27
28
29-31
32-33

34
35-37
38
39-42
43-44
45-48
49-51
52
53-54
55-56
57-58
59-65
66-68

69
70
71-72
73
74-78
79-113

114
115-116
116

Operational Highlights

ESG

SIGNIFICANT INVESTMENT 

We  have  progressed  well  with  our  internal  sustainability 
objectives, focusing on carbon, water and waste. During the 
year,  we  made  a  £1  million  investment  into  a  solar  project. 
This  is  part  of  a  wider  £5m  renewable  energy  investment 
programme spread over three years, which not only will help 
us deliver a substantial element in our net zero programme but 
will also be an attractive investment opportunity. 

FEED

EXPANSION BY ACQUISITION

feed  manufacturing  capability 

In  November  2022,  Tamar  Milling  was  acquired,  which 
the 
expanded  our 
Southwest.  Following  the  acquisition  of  Humphrey  Feeds  
in  the  previous  financial  year,  we  brought  our  poultry  feed 
offerings  together  to  form  the  combined  brand  Wynnstay 
Humphrey Feeds & Pullets. We continued to make progress 
with our  investment programme in  Carmarthen  Mill, with  the 
new bin block completed and operational from January 2024.  

into 

GRAIN
RECORD PERFORMANCE

2023  saw  an  excellent  performance  by  our  grain  trading 
business  GrainLink,  who  delivered  record  results  following 
a  good-sized  harvest,  higher  market  penetration  and  our 
eastern expansion. 

3

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Financial Highlights

8
8
.
5
3
7

3
0
.
3
1
7

9
3
.
0
0
5

0
6
.
0
9
04
4
.
1
3
4

3
2
.
5
3
1

0
7
.
0
3
1

2
7
.
5
0
1

8
1
.
8
9

5
9
.
4
9

1
6
.
2
2

9
3
4
.
1
1

4
2
.
9

1
7
3
.
8

6
0
0
.
8

Group Revenue (£m)

Shareholder’s Funds

Underlying Pre-tax Profit*

£735.88m

£135.23m

£9.24m

5
2
.
7
1

0
0
.
7
0 1
5
.
5
1

0
6
.
4
1

0
0
.
4
1

2
7
.
2
8

0
4
.
4
4

5
9
.
0
3

3
7
.
7
2

5
7
.
0
3

8
7
9

9
9
8

0
1
9

3
4
9

4
4
9

Dividend per Share (pence)

Earnings per Share (pence)

17.25p

30.75p

Colleagues
944

*Underlying pre-tax profit is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting principles) measure and is not intended as a substitute for GAAP measures and may not be calculated 
in the same way as those used by other companies. Refer to Note 36 of the Financial Statements on page 112 for an explanation on how this measure has been calculated and 
the reasons for its use.

4

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc‘20‘23‘19‘21‘22‘20‘19‘21‘22‘23‘20‘19‘21‘22‘23‘20‘19‘21‘22‘23‘20‘19‘23‘21‘22‘20‘21‘23‘19‘22Group Structure

Wynnstay helps livestock and arable farmers to produce food in a more sustainable, environmentally friendly and 
profitable way. We provide our customers with quality products, specialist advice and an efficient service that is 
industry leading.

The  business  model  is  aligned  with  the  buying  needs  and  habits  of  our  farming  customer  base,  which  includes 
arable, livestock and mixed farms. The Group is committed to sustained development within the agricultural sector 
and strives for continued growth with a view to optimising the return to all stakeholders.

Our Mission:

To help the farmer to feed the UK in a more sustainable way

AGRICULTURE

SPECIALIST 
AGRICULTURAL 
MERCHANTING

FEED

DEPOTS

ARABLE

YOUNGS ANIMAL FEEDS

GLASSON

5

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Wynnstay at a Glance

2

COMPLEMENTARY & BALANCED DIVISIONS 
A  robust  and  balanced  business  model  with  two 
complementary  divisions  -  Agriculture  and  Specialist 
Agricultural Merchanting.

944

COMMITTED AND LOYAL COLLEAGUES 
Committed and loyal colleagues who offer technical 
advice to support the prosperity of our farmer customer 
base through efficiencies and an extensive range of 
products.

25K

PRODUCTS 
A  broad  range  of  agricultural  products,  marketed 
via a multichannel sales offering.

12

53

33

MANUFACTURING SITES 
Manufacturing  sites  across  our  trading  area  for 
the production or processing of fertiliser, feed and 
seed. 

DEPOTS 
53  depots  across  our  trading  areas  catering  for  the 
needs of farmers and rural dwellers. 

ACQUISITIONS SINCE 2004 
33  acquisitions  alongside  a  number  of  other 
commercial initiatives since 2004. Opportunities for 
future growth into the currently fragmented farming 
and rural economy by increased geographic reach 
through organic and focused acquisitions.

6

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcOur Divisions

Agriculture
Comprises the manufacturing and supply of a comprehensive range of agricultural inputs to customers across many parts of the 
UK.

ARABLE
The Group’s arable activities supply a wide range of products to arable 
and grassland farmers, including seed, fertiliser and agro-chemicals. 
Seed processing facilities are located at Shrewsbury, Shropshire.

GRAINLINK
GrainLink  is  the  Group’s  in-house  grain  marketing  company  and 
provides farmers with an independent professional marketing service 
backed by the financial security of the Wynnstay Group. The Company 
has access to major markets for specialist milling and malting grain as 
well as feed into mills. GrainLink operates from offices in Shropshire 
and Yorkshire.

FEED
The Group operates three feed mills and three blending plants, offering 
a  full  range  of  animal  nutrition  products  to  the  agricultural  market 
in  bulk  or  bags.  Third-party  mills  are  also  used  to  satisfy  additional 
seasonal and geographic requirements.

The  Feed  operation  caters  for  the  needs  of  dairy,  sheep  and  beef 
enterprises, and organic and conventional poultry feeds are marketed 
under  the  brand  Wynnstay  Humphrey  Feeds  &  Pullets  following  the 
integration of Humphrey Feeds  in 2023. 

GLASSON
Glasson operates from Glasson Dock, near Lancaster. It is a producer 
of blended fertiliser, a supplier of feed raw materials and a manufacturer 
of added-value products to specialist animal feed retailers.

The  business  operates  fertiliser  blending  manufacturing  facilities  at 
Winmarleigh, Goole, Montrose, and Howden, and also sources from a 
facility at Birkenhead. It is currently the second largest fertiliser blender 
in the UK.

Glasson  complements  the  Group  strategy  by  providing  a  further 
internal  hedge  against  commodity  volatility  in  the  agricultural  supply 
sector.

7

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20238

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcOur Divisions

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting
Supplies specialist agricultural and associated sundry products to customers throughout Wales, the Midlands, North West and 
South West of England.

DEPOTS
The  Group’s  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  depots  are  well 
established  and  provide  a  comprehensive  range  of  products  for 
farmers  and  rural  dwellers.  The  Group  operates  53  depots  across 
Wales, the Midlands, North West and South West England, supplying 
to farmers, smallholders and rural dwellers.

YOUNGS ANIMAL FEEDS
Youngs Animal Feeds operates from its production facility at Standon, 
Staffordshire, and two other locations, selling a range of equine and 
small animal feeds through to wholesalers and retailers, including our 
own depot network, in Wales and the Midlands. The Sweet Meadow 
branded equine feed range is a market-leading product.

Our team is trained to help customers with technical advice and our 
customers  can  purchase  via  depot,  click  and  collect  or  for  direct 
delivery.

We  partner  with  pharmaceutical  companies  to  provide  specialist 
advice on animal health and other agricultural products

9

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202310

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcOur Pillars

EXPERT GUIDANCE

ACQUISITIONS

ORGANIC GROWTH

MULTI-CHANNEL 
VISION

ESG

Acquisitions have 
played an important 
role in Wynnstay’s 
development to 
date, and remain an 
important element of 
our growth strategy 
alongside organic 
expansion.  We look 
for acquisitions that 
complement our 
existing areas of 
operation and will 
add value.

There are very 
good opportunities 
for us to increase 
our market share 
across all our key 
areas of operation 
and to expand 
our manufacturing 
capability. As we 
increase our share 
of the market, we 
intend to continue 
to maintain our wide 
offering of products 
and services for 
livestock, arable and 
mixed farms. This 
balanced approach 
smooths sector 
volatility.

Technology offers 
new ways of selling 
our products 
and services 
and enhancing 
our customer 
proposition.  We 
are investing to take 
advantage of these 
new opportunities 
and align ourselves 
with the shift 
in customers’ 
buying habits and 
engagement.

Helping farmers to 
feed the country in 
a more sustainable 
way is our 
fundamental goal. 
It has the power 
to transform lives 
for the better.  We 
are proud to be 
pursuing this aim 
and, alongside this, 
to uphold high ESG 
values. 

The quality of our 
advice enables 
us to stand-out 
and create deeper 
relationships with 
customers. We 
have strong teams 
of specialists who 
assist customers 
in identifying 
areas to improve 
their business 
so that they can 
produce food 
profitably, efficiently, 
sustainably and in 
an environmentally 
beneficial way.

11

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Business Model

OUR PROPOSITION

Trusted Experts

Product Range

Manufacturing 
Capability

WE INVEST IN

Multi-Channel 
Offering

Established

Culture & Values

People

Technology

Manufacturing 

Acquisitions

CREATING STAKEHOLDER VALUE

Customers

Employees

Shareholders 

Suppliers

Communities

12

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
Growth Strategy

Twin-tracked Growth 

The fragmented nature of the UK’s agricultural supplies market presents growth opportunities, and the Group has demonstrated its ability to 
increase its market share organically and through complementary acquisitions.

Acquisitions

Act as consolidator in 
the UK agricultural supply 
sector

Continue ‘bolt-on” 
geographic transactions

Seek larger 
opportunities to 
complement existing 
activities and enhance 
economics of scale

Organic Growth

Enhance 
relationships with 
key customers 
through CRM

Maximise 
cross-selling 
opportunities, 
supported with 
technical advice 
from trained 
colleagues

Develop new 
sales channels, 
including through 
digital channels.

Seek new 
depot and 
operating centre 
opportunities to 
grow footprint and 
increase efficiencies

Continuous 
investment in 
research and 
development to 
offer innovative 
products

13

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202314

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcChairman’s Statement

“

         Trading conditions 
over the financial year 
contrasted sharply to the 
prior year”

on developing both our environmental offering to customers, and the 
steps needed to attain the Group’s Net Zero ambitions. Our Renewable 
Energy Programme to install solar arrays started and progressed well 
in  its  first  year  of  roll-out,  and  we  are  involved  with  some  exciting 
environmental  projects.  We  will  be  adding  to  our  teams  of  on-farm 
specialists,  who  advise  farmers  on  how  to  achieve  their  farming 
objectives. These objectives increasingly concern environmental goals 
as Government support shifts to payments according to environmental 
outcomes. 

FINANCIAL RESULTS
Group  revenue  for  the  year  to  31  October  2023  increased  by  3% 
to  £735.9  million  (2022:  £713.0  million).  This  included  full  year 
contributions  from  two  acquisitions,  Humphrey  Feeds  and  Tamar 
Milling Ltd, partly offset by the significant correction in fertiliser prices, 
which  returned  to  more  normalised  levels  from  the  historic  highs 
recorded in 2022, following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. 

As expected, adjusted operating profit and underlying Group pre-tax 
profit, the Board’s alternative performance measure, both decreased 
significantly  year-on-year.  However,  after  a  weak  final  quarter,  and 
including  the  nominal,  non-cash  accounting  loss  of  £0.8  million 
relating to the grain trading book, adjusted operating profit was was 
£9.3m  (2022:  £22.4m,  which  included  significant  one-off  gains,  in 
particular  fertiliser  stock  gains)  and  underlying  Group  pre-tax  profit 
was £9.2 million, (2022: £22.6 million). Further details on the non-cash 
accounting  loss  of  £0.8m  are  provided  in  the  Financial  Report  and 
Notes. Reported pre-tax profit was £8.7 million (2022: £21.1 million) 
and basic earnings per share was 30.75p (2022: 82.72p).  

Trading  conditions  over  the  financial  year  contrasted  sharply  to  the 
prior year. Farm gate prices were weaker across most categories and 
farmer sentiment was lower as a result. The substantial one-off gains 
arising from macroeconomic events that we had benefitted from last 
year were absent too. 

The stratospheric rise in fertiliser raw material prices, which generated 
significant one-off gains in 2022, returned to more normal levels over 
the  year.  This  normalisation  of  prices  led  to  one-off  stock  losses  at 
the Group’s fertiliser manufacturing operations, although it should be 
noted that these losses were considerably less than the one-off stock 
gains of the previous financial year. There were also margin challenges 
from higher labour, distribution and energy costs. 

While the Group was on target to achieve market forecasts for most 
of  the  financial  year,  after  a  weak  seasonally  important  final  quarter, 
we  reported  in  November  2023  that  results  would  be  below  market 
expectations. Underlying Group pre-tax profit for the financial year was 
£9.2 million, and Group revenue was £735.9 million. Revenue growth 
reflected  a  first  full  year’s  contribution  from  both  Humphrey  Poultry 
(Holdings) Limited (“Humphrey Feeds”) and Tamar Milling Ltd following 
their acquisition, as well as record grain trading volumes, in part, offset 
by a reduction in raw material and fertiliser prices.

In  the  Agriculture  Division,  the  integration  of  the  two  acquisitions, 
Humphrey  Feeds  and  Tamar  Milling  was  completed,  contributing 
to  a  rise  in  revenue.  However,  the  Division’s  operating  performance 
was  affected  by  the  correction  in  fertiliser  raw  material  prices,  lower 
demand  for  feed,  which  was  experienced  nationally,  particularly  for 
dairy  and  poultry  feed,  and  the  disruption  in  post-harvest  farming 
activities  in  the  final  quarter  caused  by  the  prolonged  wet  weather. 
Against  this  challenging  background,  GrainLink  Limited,  our  grain 
trading  operation,  produced  record  results,  helped  by  both  market 
share growth and margin expansion. 

The Specialist Agriculture Merchanting Division maintained footfall and 
transaction  numbers,  although  the  rise  in  revenue  mainly  reflected 
agricultural inflation, and reduced volumes of own-brand bagged feed 
and  a  decrease  in  hardware  sales  delivered  an  overall  lower  margin 
product mix.  Higher energy and labour costs also reduced operating 
profit. 

Our joint ventures performed well and delivered a record contribution 
to Group results.  

The  Agricultural  Division  delivered  sales  of  £584.3  million  (2022: 
£564.3  million)  and  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  sales  of 
£151.5 million (2022: £148.8 million). The segmental profit contribution 
from  the  Agriculture  Division  was  £3.7  million  (2022:  £14.7m), 
which  included  contributions  from  joint  ventures,  with  the  Specialist 
Agricultural Merchanting Division contributing £6.1 million before non-
recurring  items  (2022:  £7.9m).  Other  activities  generated  a  loss  of 
£0.04m (2022: profit of £0.23m). 

The  Group  continued  to  generate  good  cash  flows,  and  net  cash 
generated  from  operating  activities  was  £17.2  million  (2022:  £10.3 
million), helped by an easing of working capital requirements as raw 
material prices decreased. 

The Group net cash position excluding property leases at 31 October 
2023 was £19.0 million (2022: £18.2 million). This calculation excludes 
the classification of land and buildings leases as debt, which is in line 
with  the  basis  that  the  Group’s  banking  covenants  are  calculated. 
October remains the highest point of net cash in the Group’s annual 
working capital cycle. 

We continued to invest across the Group in line with strategic plans. 
This investment is aimed at increasing manufacturing capacity, driving 
efficiencies and increased capabilities. We successfully completed the 
first  part  of  our  investment  at  our  feed  mill  in  Carmarthen,  and  will 
be  proceeding  with  further  investment.  We  also  continued  to  focus 

During the financial year, 111,181 (2022: 75,891) new ordinary shares 
were  issued  to  existing  shareholders  exercising  their  right  to  receive 
dividends in the form of new shares. The total equivalent cash amount 
was £0.5 million (2022: £0.6 million). A further 503,534 shares (2022: 
65,689)  were  issued  for  a  total  cash  consideration  of  £1.0  million 

15

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023(2022:  £0.3m)  to  employees  exercising  rights  over  approved  share 
options. In the prior financial year, 1,900,000 shares were issued in a 
private placing to institutional holders for a total cash consideration of 
£10.3 million.

Capital  investment  in  fixed  assets  over  the  year  amounted  to  £15.6 
million (2022: £5.3 million).  Of this, £6.2 million related to renewal of 
property leases (2022: nil) and £2.7 million was invested in acquisitions 
(2022: £10.2 million), including deferred consideration.

The  balance  sheet  remains  very  robust.  Group  net  assets  at  the 
financial year-end increased to £135.2 million (2022: £130.7 million). 
Based on the weighted average number of shares in issue during the 
financial year of 22.525m (2022: 20.722m), this equates to a net asset 
per share of £6.00 (2022: £6.31 per share). Return on net assets from 
underlying pre-tax profit was 7.0% (2022: 17.4%).

DIVIDEND
The Board is pleased to propose an increased final dividend of 11.75p 
per  share  (2022:  11.60p).  This  together  with  the  interim  dividend  of 
5.50p per share, paid on 31 October 2023, takes the total dividend for 
the year of 17.25p (2022: 17.00p), a 1.5% rise on the previous financial 
year.  Subject to shareholder approval, the final dividend will be paid 
on 30 April 2024 to shareholders on the register as at 02 April 2024.

This  is  the  20th  consecutive  year  of  dividend  growth  change  since 
2004, when Wynnstay joined AIM. It is covered 1.8 times by profit after 
tax (2022: 4.1 times) and continues the Board’s progressive dividend 
policy.

ESG
The business is committed to reaching Net Zero by 2040 and we are 
making good early steps towards this aim. The 2023 Annual Report 
and  Accounts  will  include  our  first  Task  Force  on  Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) report, and we have brought in external 
expertise  and  established  additional  internal  groups  as  we  further 
develop  our  Net  Zero  roadmap.  We  also  commenced  a  significant 
investment  programme  in  solar  energy,  which  continues  in  the  new 
financial year and beyond. 

Our ESG programme is much wider than our own Net Zero ambitions. 
It  also  encompasses  our  objective  to  assist  our  farmer  customers 
as  they  increasingly  focus  on  environmental  and  biodiversity  goals. 
The  transition  period  from  payments  based  on  the  EU’s  Common 
Agricultural Policy (CAP) to a new system of financial support based 
on  environmental  outcomes  is  driving  change  across  UK  farms. 
Wynnstay’s  on-farms  teams  provide  advice  and  guidance  on  the 
innovative  products  and  services  the  Group  offers,  including  our 
expanding environmental seeds offering.  

As  we  deepen  our  environmental  expertise  and  offerings,  we  are 
widening our links. In particular, I am pleased to highlight two exciting 
projects in which Wynnstay is involved.  The first is the ‘Dancing with 
Daffodils’  research  project.  This  is  a  revolutionary  research  project, 
supported  by  the  department  of  Farming,  Environment  and  Rural 
Affairs and Innovate UK, which is trialing the use of daffodils to reduce 
cattle  methane  emissions.    If  successful,  Wynnstay  would  be  the 
route-to-market for the new product. The second project is one with 
Harper Adams University, which is exploring ways to grow soya beans 
in the UK.

We continue to host specialist agricultural events for farmers, including 
the Arable Event, and Beef and Sheep Event.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

BOARD AND COLLEAGUES
On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our very dedicated people 
for their hard work over the year. They provide customers with excellent 
service, and my fellow directors and I are very pleased to acknowledge 
their vital contribution to the Group’s success.

There have been two changes to the Board’s composition during the 
financial  year.  Steven  Esom  was  appointed  as  Senior  Independent 
Non-executive Director and head of the Renumeration Committee on 
18  April  2023.    He  replaced  Philip  Kirkham  who  retired  on  24  May 
2023, after 10 years as a Board member. Steven has extensive senior-
level experience in the UK food and retailing industries and significant 
experience  of  the  UK  agricultural  sector.  He  was  Managing  Director 
of Waitrose & Partners, where he regularly engaged with farmers and 
was involved with the oversight of Waitrose-owned farmlands. He was 
also Executive Director of Food at Marks & Spencer, and held senior 
commercial buying roles at J Sainsbury plc for 12 years as well as at 
Texas, the DIY retailer, then part of Ladbroke Group. Steven also holds 
three other non-executive directorships. He is Chairman of Sedex, a 
leading  global  supply  chain  consultancy  focused  on  environmental, 
social  and  governance  (“ESG”)  outcomes.  He  is  also  Chairman  of 
Andrews & Partners Ltd, the residential estate agency and lettings and 
management group, and Chairman of Advantage Travel Partnership, 
the UK’s largest independent travel agent group. 

In July 2023, we announced that Paul Roberts, Finance Director, was 
retiring after 36 years with Wynnstay. We subsequently appointed Rob 
Thomas, FCA, as Group Finance Director designate, and Rob joined 
the Group in this role on 2 October. On 2 January 2024, Rob took over 
fully from Paul after a very smooth handover process. Paul continues 
to assist in a consultancy capacity while the year-end audit process 
completes.

Rob  Thomas  has  significant  financial  and  commercial  experience  in 
senior roles, including in the agricultural and the supply chain sectors. 
He joined Wynnstay from EFS Global Limited, the UK-based logistics 
provider,  where  he  was  Group  Finance  Director.  Before  that,  he 
worked at NWF Group plc, the specialist distributor of fuel, food and 
feed, for eight years until 2022. For the majority of his time there, he 
was Finance Director of the feeds division, NWF Agriculture Limited, 
which  manufactures  and  supplies  animal  feeds  to  livestock  farmers 
across  the  UK.  He  has  significant  experience  of  M&A  and  strategic 
planning. Rob’s earlier career was in accountancy with PwC, both in 
the UK and overseas.   

I take this opportunity to welcome Rob to Wynnstay and to pay tribute 
to  the  outstanding  contribution  that  Paul  has  made  to  the  business 
over  his  long  year  career.  Paul  joined  the  Board  in  1997  and  has 
managed the Group’s finances in an exemplary manner over this time. 

OUTLOOK
In November 2023, the Board reported that with uncertainty over milk 
and other farm-gate prices, farmer sentiment is likely to remain cautious 
in the short-term. We expect this to remain the case.  However, with 
our strong market position, good cash flows and very robust balance 
sheet,  the  Board  believes  that  the  Group  is  well-positioned  as  we 
continue with our strategic growth plans and investments, which will 
further strengthen our position in the market. We continue to review 
acquisition opportunities that fit our strategic criteria.

Steve Ellwood
Chairman
29 January 2024

16

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Datganiad y Cadeiryd

Roedd amodau masnachu dros y flwyddyn ariannol yn cyferbynnu’n 
llwyr  â’r  flwyddyn  flaenorol.  Roedd  prisiau  wrth  gât  y  fferm  yn 
wannach  ar  draws  y  rhan  fwyaf  o  gategorïau  ac  roedd  ffermwyr  yn 
teimlo’n  siomedig  o  ganlyniad.  Roedd  yr  enillion  untro  sylweddol  o 
ddigwyddiadau  macroeconomaidd  yr  oeddem  wedi  elwa  ohonynt  y 
llynedd yn hefyd yn absennol. 

Gostyngodd prisiau deunyddiau crai gwrteithiau i lefelau mwy normal 
dros y flwyddyn, a hynny’n dilyn cynnydd stratosfferig a gynhyrchodd 
enillion untro sylweddol yn 2022.  Arweiniodd normaleiddio prisiau at 
golledion stoc untro yng ngweithrediadau gweithgynhyrchu gwrtaith y 
Grŵp, er y dylid nodi bod y colledion hyn yn sylweddol is nag enillion 
stoc untro y flwyddyn ariannol flaenorol. Roedd heriau o ran maint yr 
elw hefyd o ganlyniad i gostau llafur, dosbarthu ac ynni uwch. 

Er  bod  y  Grŵp  ar  y  trywydd  iawn  i  gyflawni  rhagolygon  y  farchnad 
ar  gyfer  y  rhan  fwyaf  o’r  flwyddyn  ariannol,  ar  ôl  chwarter  olaf  gwan 
mewn  tymor  pwysig,  fe  wnaethom  adrodd  ym  mis  Tachwedd  2023 
y  byddai’r  canlyniadau’n  is  na  disgwyliadau’r  farchnad.  £9.2  miliwn 
oedd elw gwaelodol cyn treth y Grŵp ar gyfer y flwyddyn ariannol, a 
£735.9 miliwn oedd refeniw’r Grŵp. Roedd twf refeniw yn adlewyrchu 
cyfraniad  blwyddyn  lawn  gyntaf  gan  Humphrey  Poulment  (Holdings) 
Limited  (“Humphrey  Feeds”)  a  Tamar  Milling  Ltd  ar  ôl  i  ni  eu  caffael, 
yn  ogystal  â  record  o  ran  cyfeintiau  masnachu  grawn,  sydd  wedi’i 
gwrthbwyso, yn rhannol, gan ostyngiad mewn deunydd crai a phrisiau 
gwrtaith.

Yn yr Adran Amaethyddiaeth, cwblhawyd y gwaith o integreiddio’r ddau 
gaffaeliad, Humphrey Feeds a Tamar Milling, gan gyfrannu at gynnydd 
mewn  refeniw.  Fodd  bynnag,  effeithiwyd  ar  berfformiad  gweithredol 
yr  Adran  gan  y  cywiriad  ym  mhrisiau  deunyddiau  crai  gwrtaith,  llai  o 
alw am borthiant (a oedd yn gyffredin yn genedlaethol) yn enwedig ar 
gyfer  porthiant  llaeth  a  dofednod,  a’r  tarfu  ar  weithgareddau  ffermio 
ar  ôl  cynaeafu  yn  y  chwarter  olaf  a  achoswyd  gan  y  tywydd  gwlyb 
hirfaith. Yn erbyn y cefndir heriol hwn, cynhyrchodd GrainLink Limited, 
ein  gwaith  masnachu  grawn,  y  canlyniadau  gorau  erioed,  gyda  help 
twf mewn cyfran y farchnad ac ehangu maint yr elw. 

Roedd yr Adran Masnachwyr Amaethyddol Arbenigol wedi llwyddo i 
gynnal  niferoedd  cwsmeriaid  a  thrafodion,  er  bod  y  cynnydd  mewn 
refeniw  yn  adlewyrchu  chwyddiant  amaethyddol  yn  bennaf.  Roedd 
gostyngiad  yng  nghyfanswm  gwerthiannau  porthiant  rydym  yn 
gynhyrchu a bagio ein hunain a nwyddau wedi arwain at ostyngiad yn 
maint yr elw yn gyffredinol ar draws amrywiaeth o gynnyrch.  Roedd 
costau llafur ac ynni uwch hefyd yn lleihau’r elw gweithredol. 

Roedd ein mentrau ar y cyd wedi perfformio’n dda ac wedi sicrhau’r 
cyfraniad mwyaf erioed at ganlyniadau’r Grŵp.  

Rydym  wedi  parhau  i  fuddsoddi  ar  draws  y  Grŵp  yn  unol  â 
chynlluniau  strategol.  Nod  y  buddsoddiad  hwn  yw  cynyddu  capasiti 
gweithgynhyrchu,  gyrru  arbedion  effeithlonrwydd  a  chynyddu 
galluoedd. Gwnaethom lwyddo i gwblhau rhan gyntaf ein buddsoddiad 
yn ein melin borthiant yng Nghaerfyrddin, a byddwn yn bwrw ymlaen 
â  rhagor  o  fuddsoddiad.  Rydym  hefyd  wedi  parhau  i  ganolbwyntio 

17

“

        Roedd amodau 
masnachu dros y flwyddyn 
ariannol yn cyferbynnu’n 
llwyr â’r flwyddyn flaenorol.”

ar ddatblygu ein cynnig amgylcheddol i gwsmeriaid, a’r camau sydd 
eu hangen i gyflawni uchelgeisiau Sero Net y Grŵp. Mae ein Rhaglen 
Ynni  Adnewyddadwy  i  osod  araeau  paneli  solar  wedi  dechrau 
ac  wedi  datblygu’n  dda  yn  ystod  blwyddyn  gyntaf  chyflwyno,  ac 
rydym  yn  ymwneud  â  phrosiectau  amgylcheddol  cyffrous.  Byddwn 
yn  ychwanegu  at  ein  timau  o  arbenigwyr  ar  y  fferm,  sy’n  cynghori 
ffermwyr  ar  sut  i  gyflawni  eu  hamcanion  ffermio.  Mae’r  amcanion 
hyn yn ymwneud fwyfwy â nodau amgylcheddol wrth i’r Llywodraeth 
gefnogi newidiadau i daliadau yn unol â chanlyniadau amgylcheddol. 

CANLYNIADAU ARIANNOL
Roedd  refeniw  grŵp  y  flwyddyn  hyd  at  31  Hydref  2023  yn  £735.9 
miliwn,  sef  3%  o  gynnydd  (2022:  £713.0  miliwn).  Roedd  hyn  yn 
cynnwys cyfraniadau blwyddyn lawn gan ddau gaffaeliad, Humphrey 
Feeds a Tamar Milling Ltd, wedi’i gwrthbwyso’n rhannol gan y cywiriad 
sylweddol mewn prisiau gwrtaith, a ddychwelodd i lefelau mwy normal 
ar ôl gweld y prisiau uchaf a gofnodwyd mewn hanes yn 2022, a hynny 
o ganlyniad i ymosodiad Rwsia ar Wcráin. 

Yn  ôl  y  disgwyl,  bu  gostwng  sylweddol  yn  elw  gweithredol  wedi’i 
addasu ac elw gwaelodol cyn treth y Grŵp (mesur perfformiad amgen 
y Bwrdd), o un flwyddyn i’r llall. Fodd bynnag, ar ôl chwarter olaf gwan, 
ac  yn  cynnwys  y  golled  ariannol  nominal,  nad  oedd  yn  arian  parod, 
o  £0.8  miliwn  mewn  perthynas  â’r  llyfr  masnachu  grawn,  roedd  yr 
elw  gweithredol  wedi’i  addasu  yn  £9.3m  (2022:  £22.4m,  a  oedd  yn 
cynnwys  enillion  untro  sylweddol,  yn  enwedig  enillion  stoc  gwrtaith), 
ac  elw  gwaelodol  cyn  treth  y  Grŵp  oedd  £9.2  miliwn,  (2022:  £22.6 
miliwn). Mae rhagor o fanylion am y golled gyfrifyddu, nad yw’n arian 
parod, o £0.8m ar gael yn yr Adroddiad Ariannol a’r Nodiadau. Roedd 
yr elw cyn treth a adroddwyd yn £8.7 miliwn (2022: £21.1 miliwn) a’r 
enillion sylfaenol fesul cyfranddaliad oedd 30.75c (2022: 82.72p).  

Darparodd yr Adran Amaethyddol werthiannau o £584.3 miliwn (2022: 
£55.3  miliwn)  ac  roedd  gwerthiannau’r  Masnachwyr  Amaethyddol 
Arbenigol  gwerth  £151.5  miliwn  (2022:  £148.8  miliwn).  Roedd  y 
cyfraniad elw wedi’i segmentu gan yr Adran Amaethyddiaeth yn £3.7 
miliwn  (2022:  £14.7m),  a  oedd  yn  cynnwys  cyfraniadau  gan  fentrau 
ar  y  cyd,  gyda’r  Adran  Masnachwyr  Amaethyddol  Arbenigol  yn 
cyfrannu  £6.1  miliwn  cyn  eitemau  anghylchol  (2022:  £7.9m).  Roedd 
gweithgareddau  eraill  wedi  arwain  at  golled  o  £0.04m  (2022:  elw  o 
£0.23m). 

Parhaodd y Grŵp i gynhyrchu llifoedd arian da, ac roedd yr arian net 
a gynhyrchwyd o weithgareddau gweithredol yn £17.2 miliwn (2022: 
£10.3  miliwn),  gyda  chymorth  llacio  gofynion  o  ran  cyfalaf  gweithio 
wrth i brisiau deunyddiau crai ostwng. 

Roedd  sefyllfa  ariannol  net  y  Grŵp  ac  eithrio  prydlesau  eiddo  ar  31 
Hydref 2023 yn £19.0 miliwn (2022: £18.2 miliwn). Nid yw’r cyfrifiad 
hwn yn cynnwys dosbarthu prydlesi tir ac adeiladau fel dyled, sy’n unol 
â’r sail bod cyfamodau bancio’r Grŵp yn cael eu cyfrifo. Mis Hydref 
yw’r pwynt uchaf o ran arian net o hyd yng nghylch cyfalaf gweithio 
blynyddol y Grŵp. 

Yn  ystod  y  Flwyddyn  Ariannol  111,181  (2022:  75,891)  rhoddwyd 
cyfranddaliadau  cyffredin  newydd  i  gyfranddalwyr  presennol  a  oedd 
yn  arfer  eu  hawl  i  gael  difidendau  ar  ffurf  cyfranddaliadau  newydd. 
Cyfanswm  yr  arian  parod  cyfatebol  oedd  £0.5  miliwn  (2022:  £0.6 
miliwn).  Cafodd  503,534  o  gyfranddaliadau  ychwanegol  (2022: 
65,689)  eu  cyhoeddi  ar  gyfer  cyfanswm  cydnabyddiaeth  ariannol  o 
£1.0 miliwn (2022: £0.3m) i gyflogeion sy’n arfer hawliau dros opsiynau 
cyfranddaliadau  cymeradwy.  Yn  y  flwyddyn  ariannol  flaenorol, 
cyhoeddwyd  1,900,000  o  gyfranddaliadau  mewn  cynigion  preifat  i 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023ddeiliaid  sefydliadol  ar  gyfer  cyfanswm  cydnabyddiaeth  ariannol  o 
£10.3 miliwn.

gydnabod eu cyfraniad hanfodol i lwyddiant y Grŵp.

Roedd  buddsoddiad  cyfalaf  mewn  asedau  sefydlog  dros  y  flwyddyn 
yn  £15.6  miliwn  (2022:  £5.3  miliwn).    O  hyn,  roedd  £6.2  miliwn  yn 
ymwneud ag adnewyddu prydlesu eiddo (2022: dim) a buddsoddwyd 
£2.7  miliwn  mewn  caffaeliadau  (2022:  £10.2  miliwn),  gan  gynnwys 
cydnabyddiaeth ohiriedig.

Mae’r  fantolen  yn  parhau  i  fod  yn  gadarn  iawn.  Cynyddodd  asedau 
net  y  grŵp  ar  ddiwedd  y  flwyddyn  ariannol  i  £135.2  miliwn  (2022: 
£130.7 miliwn). Yn seiliedig ar gyfartaledd pwysol y cyfranddaliadau a 
roddwyd yn ystod blwyddyn ariannol 22.525m (2022: 20.722m), mae 
hyn yn cyfateb i ased net fesul cyfranddaliad o £6.00 (2022: £6.31 y 
cyfranddaliad). Roedd yr elw ar asedau net o’r elw gwaelodol cyn treth 
sylfaenol yn 7.0% (2022: 17.4%).

DIFIDENDAU
Mae’r  Bwrdd  yn  falch  o  gynnig  difidend  terfynol  uwch  o  11.75c  y 
cyfranddaliad (2022: 11.60p. Mae hyn, ynghyd â’r difidend interim o 
5.50c  y  cyfranddaliad,  a  dalwyd  ar  31  Hydref  2023,  yn  golygu  bod 
cyfanswm  y  difidend  ar  gyfer  y  flwyddyn  yn  17.25c  (2022:  17.00P), 
cynnydd  o  1.5%  ar  y  flwyddyn  ariannol  flaenorol.    Yn  amodol  ar 
gymeradwyaeth  y  cyfranddalwyr,  bydd  y  difidend  terfynol  yn  cael  ei 
dalu i gyfranddalwyr - sydd ar y gofrestr ar 02 Ebrill 2024 - ar 30 Ebrill 
2024.

Dyma’r 20fed flwyddyn yn olynol y mae newid mewn twf difidendau ers 
2004, pan ymunodd Wynnstay ag AIM. Mae’r elw ar ôl treth yn ddigon 
1.8 gwaith i dalu’r difidendau. (2022: 4.1 gwaith) ac yn parhau â pholisi 
difidend blaengar y Bwrdd.

ESG
Mae’r busnes wedi ymrwymo i gyrraedd Sero Net erbyn 2040 ac rydym 
yn  cymryd  camau  cynnar  da  tuag  at  y  nod  hwn.  Bydd  Adroddiad  a 
Chyfrifon  Blynyddol  2023  yn  cynnwys  ein  hadroddiad  Tasglu  ar 
Ddatgeliadau  Ariannol  sy’n  gysylltiedig  â’r  Hinsawdd  (“TCFD”),  ac 
rydym  yn  dwyn  arbenigedd  allanol  i  mewn  ac  wedi  sefydlu  grwpiau 
mewnol ychwanegol wrth i ni ddatblygu ein map Sero Net ymhellach. 
Gwnaethom hefyd ddechrau rhaglen fuddsoddi sylweddol mewn ynni 
solar, sy’n parhau yn y flwyddyn ariannol newydd a thu hwnt. 

Mae ein rhaglen ESG yn llawer ehangach na’n huchelgeisiau Sero Net 
ein hunain. Mae hefyd yn cynnwys ein hamcan i helpu ein cwsmeriaid 
sy’n ffermwyr wrth iddynt ganolbwyntio fwyfwy ar nodau amgylcheddol 
a bioamrywiaeth. Mae’r cyfnod pontio o daliadau sy’n seiliedig ar Bolisi 
Amaeth Cyffredin yr UE (PAC) i system newydd o gymorth ariannol sy’n 
seiliedig  ar  ganlyniadau  amgylcheddol  yn  sbarduno  newid  ar  draws 
ffermydd y DU. Mae timau Wynnstay sy’n ymweld â ffermydd yn rhoi 
cyngor ac arweiniad ar y cynnyrch a’r gwasanaethau arloesol y mae’r 
Grŵp yn eu cynnig, gan gynnwys ein cynnig hadau amgylcheddol sy’n 
ehangu.  

Wrth  i  ni  gyfoethogi  ein  harbenigedd  a’n  cynigion  amgylcheddol, 
rydym  yn  ehangu  ein  cysylltiadau.  Yn  benodol,  mae’n  bleser  gennyf 
dynnu  sylw  at  ddau  brosiect  cyffrous  y  mae  Wynnstay  yn  rhan 
ohonynt.    Y  cyntaf  yw’r  prosiect  ymchwil  ‘Dancing  with  Daffodils’. 
Mae  hwn  yn  brosiect  ymchwil  chwyldroadol,  a  gefnogir  gan  Adran 
Amaethyddiaeth, yr Amgylchedd a Materion Gwledig ac Innovate UK, 
sy’n treialu defnyddio cennin Pedr i leihau allyriadau methan gwartheg.  
Os bydd yn llwyddiannus, Wynnstay fyddai’r llwybr i’r farchnad ar gyfer 
y  cynnyrch  newydd  hwn.  Mae’r  ail  brosiect  gyda  Phrifysgol  Harper 
Adams, yn edrych ar ffyrdd o dyfu ffa soia yn y DU.

Rydym  yn  parhau  i  gynnal  digwyddiadau  amaethyddol  arbenigol  i 
ffermwyr, gan gynnwys y Digwyddiad Âr, y Digwyddiad Cig Eidion a’r 
Digwyddiad Defaid.

Y BWRDD A CHYDWEITHWYR
Ar  ran  y  Bwrdd,  hoffwn  ddiolch  i’n  pobl  ymroddedig  iawn  am  eu 
gwaith  caled  dros  y  flwyddyn.  Maent  yn  rhoi  gwasanaeth  rhagorol  i 
gwsmeriaid, ac mae fy nghyd-gyfarwyddwyr a minnau’n falch iawn o 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Bu dau newid i gyfansoddiad y Bwrdd yn ystod y flwyddyn ariannol. 
Penodwyd  Steven  Esom  yn  Uwch  Gyfarwyddwr  Anweithredol 
Annibynnol  ac  yn  bennaeth  y  Pwyllgor  Taliadau  ar  18  Ebrill  2023.  
Cymerodd  le  Philip  Kirkham  a  ymddeolodd  ar  24  Mai  2023,  ar  ôl 
10 mlynedd fel aelod o’r Bwrdd. Mae gan Steven brofiad helaeth ar 
lefel uwch yn y diwydiannau bwyd a manwerthu yn y DU a phrofiad 
sylweddol o sector amaethyddol y DU. Roedd yn Rheolwr Gyfarwyddwr 
Waitrose  &  Partners,  lle  bu’n  ymgysylltu’n  rheolaidd  â  ffermwyr  ac 
roedd  yn  ymwneud  â  goruchwylio  tir  fferm  sy’n  eiddo  i  Waitrose. 
Roedd hefyd yn Gyfarwyddwr Gweithredol Bwyd yn Marks & Spencer, 
ac roedd ganddo uwch rolau prynu masnachol yn J Sainsbury plc am 
12 mlynedd yn ogystal ag yn Texas, yr adwerthwr DIY, rhan o Grŵp 
Ladbroke gynt. Mae gan Steven dair swydd cyfarwyddwr anweithredol 
arall hefyd. Mae’n Gadeirydd Sedex, ymgynghoriaeth cadwyn gyflenwi 
fyd-eang  flaenllaw  sy’n  canolbwyntio  ar  ganlyniadau  amgylcheddol, 
cymdeithasol  a  llywodraethu  (“ESG”).  Mae  hefyd  yn  Gadeirydd 
Andrews & Partners Ltd, yr asiantaeth ystadau preswyl a’r grŵp gosod 
a rheoli eiddo, ac yn Gadeirydd Advantage Travel Partnership, grŵp 
asiantau teithio annibynnol mwyaf y DU. 

Ym mis Gorffennaf 2023, fe wnaethom gyhoeddi bod Paul Roberts, 
Cyfarwyddwr  Cyllid,  yn  ymddeol  ar  ôl  36  mlynedd  gydag  Wynnstay. 
Yn dilyn hynny, fe wnaethom benodi Rob Thomas, FCA, yn ddarpar 
Gyfarwyddwr Cyllid y Grŵp, ac ymunodd Rob â’r Grŵp yn y rôl hon 
ar 2 Hydref. Ar 2 Ionawr 2024, cymerodd Rob yr awenau’n llawn gan 
Paul ar ôl proses drosglwyddo ddidrafferth iawn. Mae Paul yn parhau 
i gynorthwyo mewn rôl ymgynghorol tra bo’r broses archwilio diwedd 
blwyddyn yn dod i ben.

Mae gan Rob Thomas brofiad ariannol a masnachol sylweddol mewn 
rolau  uwch,  gan  gynnwys  yn  y  sectorau  amaethyddol  a’r  gadwyn 
gyflenwi.  Ymunodd  â  Wynnstay  o  EFS  Global  Limited,  y  darparwr 
logisteg sydd wedi’i leoli yn y DU, lle’r oedd yn Gyfarwyddwr Cyllid y 
Grŵp. Cyn hynny, bu’n gweithio yn NWF Group plc am wyth mlynedd 
tan 2022, lle roedd yn ddosbarthwr arbenigol ar gyfer tanwydd, bwyd 
a phorthiant. Am y rhan fwyaf o’i amser yno, roedd yn Gyfarwyddwr 
Cyllid i’r is-adran porthiant, NWF Agriculture Limited, sy’n cynhyrchu 
ac yn cyflenwi porthiant anifeiliaid i ffermwyr da byw ledled y DU. Mae 
ganddo brofiad sylweddol o M&A a chynllunio strategol. Roedd Rob 
yn gyfrifydd gyda PwC gynt, yn y DU a thramor.   

Cymeraf y cyfle hwn i groesawu Rob i Wynnstay a thalu teyrnged i’r 
cyfraniad rhagorol y mae Paul wedi’i wneud i’r busnes yn ystod ei yrfa 
hir. Ymunodd Paul â’r Bwrdd yn 1997 ac mae wedi rheoli cyllid y Grŵp 
mewn modd rhagorol yn ystod y cyfnod hwn. 

RHAGOLYGON
Ym mis Tachwedd 2023, o ganlyniad i’r ansicrwydd ynghylch llaeth a 
phrisiau eraill wrth gât y fferm, dywedodd y bwrdd mae’n debygol y 
bydd ffermwyr yn aros yn wyliadwrus yn y tymor byr. Rydym yn disgwyl 
i hyn barhau.  Fodd bynnag, gyda’n sefyllfa gref yn y farchnad, llifoedd 
arian da a mantolen gadarn iawn, mae’r Bwrdd yn credu bod y Grŵp 
mewn  sefyllfa  dda  wrth  i  ni  barhau  â’n  cynlluniau  twf  strategol  a’n 
buddsoddiadau, a fydd yn cryfhau ein sefyllfa yn y farchnad ymhellach. 
Rydym yn parhau i adolygu cyfleoedd caffael sy’n cyd-fynd â’n meini 
prawf strategol.

Steve Ellwood
Cadeirydd
29 Ionawr 2024

18

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Chief Executive’s Report

“

           We continued to make good 
progress with our ESG strategy,”

Our  Joint  Ventures  and  associate  business  together  delivered  an 
above-expected  performance,  helped  by  record  trading  at  Bibby 
Agriculture  Ltd  and  positive  contributions  from  WYRO  and  Total 
Angling Ltd. 

We  continued  to  make  good  progress  with  our  ESG  strategy,  both 
internally  and  in  relation  to  our  farmer  customers  whose  financial 
support  mechanisms  are  now  increasingly  linked  to  environmental 
outcomes.  In  England  approximately  50%  of  the  previous  Basic 
Farm  Payment  under  the  Common  Agricultural  Policy  is  moving  to 
Environmental Land Management (“ELMs”) schemes by 2024, and the 
devolved administrations will shape their respective support schemes 
from 2025.

REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES
AGRICULTURE DIVISION

The Agriculture Division manufactures and processes a wide range of 
agricultural  inputs,  including  feeds,  fertiliser  and  seeds,  which  cater 
for  the  needs  of  both  livestock  and  arable  farmers.  Glasson  Grain 
Limited (“Glasson”), whose operations include fertiliser blending, and 
GrainLink, the Group’s crop marketing business, also report within this 
Division.

Divisional revenue increased by 3.6% year-on-year to £584.3 million 
(2022 £564.3 million) and the segmental contribution was £3.7 million 
(2022: £14.7 million). Revenue was boosted by full-year contributions 
from the Humphreys Feeds and Tamar Milling acquisitions, as well as 
by  increased  activity  at  GrainLink  Limited.  However,  operating  profit 
was  impacted  by  a  number  of  factors:  the  reversal  in  fertiliser  raw 
material prices, which impacted Glasson; the weaker free range egg 
sector, which suffered from the outbreak of Avian Influenza and margin 
pressures; and the difficult final quarter, when prolonged wet weather 
impacted arable activities.

FEED

Wynnstay manufactures and supplies a wide range of feeds and animal 
nutrition products for a range of sectors, including, dairy, beef, sheep, 
and poultry. The business operates three feed mills and three blending 
plants,  and  offers  nutrition  products  in  compounded,  blended  and 
meal forms, both in bulk and in bags. This wide offering provides an 
internal hedge against sector variations. Bagged feed is predominantly 
marketed  under  our  “Wynnstay  brand”  and  sold  through  our  depot 
network.

Feed volumes on a like-for-like basis were 5.3% below the previous 
year. This decrease largely reflected reduced demand from the dairy 
sector, as a result of weaker milk prices, and from free range poultry 
farmers,  who  were  still  recovering  from  Avian  influenza  and  also 
contending with reduced margins. The early spring and an abundance 
of grass in the summer months were also factors dampening demand. 
Efficiency initiatives have helped mitigate inflation-driven costs, which 
were especially evident in labour, distribution and packaging costs. As 
we move through the early months of the new financial year, with milk 
prices still low, we expect demand from the dairy farmers to remain 
suppressed.

The integration of the two acquisitions, Humphrey Feeds (purchased in 
March 2022) and Tamar Milling (purchased in November 2022), into the 
Group’s wider activities, was completed. Our offering to the free range 
egg sector has been rebranded as ‘Wynnstay Humphrey Feeds and 
Pullets’, and the respective sales teams combined. This has created 
greater efficiencies in both feed manufacturing and distribution. Whilst 
the Humphrey Feeds acquisition contributed positively to the Group’s 
overall  performance,  its  performance  was  below  our  expectations. 
This  reflected  the  challenges  of  the  free  range  egg  sector,  including 
the  organic  egg  sub-sector,  with  a  number  of  producers  exiting  the 
marketplace. However, the more recent onset of higher free range egg 
prices has stimulated confidence in the sector and acted as a boost 

INTRODUCTION 
Trading conditions over the financial year were markedly different from 
the prior financial year, when the Group benefited from substantial one-
off gains, as well as strong farmgate prices, to deliver a record set of 
results. By contrast, in the financial year under review, farmgate prices 
were lower across most categories, impacting farmer sentiment and 
spending.  In  addition,  the  global  correction  in  fertiliser  raw  material 
prices,  which  moved  back  to  more  normalised  levels,  created  one-
off stock losses for Glasson Grain Ltd. This represented the opposite 
picture to last year’s one-off gains when fertiliser raw material prices 
soared  to  historic  highs  following  Russia’s  invasion  of  Ukraine.  For 
context,  last  year’s  one-off  gains  were  significantly  greater  than  this 
financial year’s one-off losses. Inflation also remained a factor for the 
Group, affecting labour, distribution and packaging costs in particular. 

The  trading  backdrop  in  the  second  half  of  the  financial  year  was 
weaker than the first half.  Farm gate prices moved lower, especially 
for  milk  and  grain.  In  addition,  the  Group’s  arable  activities  suffered 
from the very wet autumn in a seasonally important period, with heavy 
rains  reducing  the  grain  harvest  and  disrupting  post-harvest  farming 
activities, particularly winter cereal seed planting. 

More  positively,  GrainLink,  the  Group’s  specialist  crop  marketing 
business, delivered record annual results. This was driven by increased 
volumes  of  grain  purchased,  helped  by  market  share  gains  in  the 
eastern side of its trading area and good margin retention. This record 
performance  was  even  after  the  recognition  of  a  non-cash  nominal 
accounting loss.

Both our acquisitions, Humphrey Feeds and Tamar Milling, have now 
been  fully  incorporated  into  the  business,  and  contributed  positively 
to  the  performance  of  the  Group.  Unlike  Tamar  Milling  though,  the 
performance  of  Humphrey  Feeds  was  below  our  expectations.    The 
business was affected by the challenges experienced by the free range 
sector,  driven  by  Avian  influenza  and  weaker  prices.  However,  the 
sector is recovering, stimulated by higher egg prices. 

The  first  phase  of  our  investment  at  Carmarthen  feed  mill  is  now 
complete,  and  we  are  considering  the  most  viable  and  sustainable 
options for replacing the feed volumes that we currently manufacture 
at Twyford. 

“  

          Trading conditions over 
the financial year were markedly 
different from the prior financial 
year,”

19

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

to recovery. Tamar Milling performed above management expectations 
in its first full year contribution. The full potential of these acquisitions 
is still to come through. 

Our investment to expand the feed manufacturing capacity of our mill 
at Carmarthen and to improve its operational efficiencies progressed 
well over the year. Phase one, which included the installation of a bank 
of  blended  feed  out-loading  bins,  has  been  completed.  The  second 
phase  of  investment  is  scheduled  to  commence  and  the  feed  mill 
is  now  also  being  evaluated  as  we  consider  the  most  commercially 
optimal  solutions  for  replacing  the  manufacturing  facility  currently  in 
use at Twyford. 

Our on-farm animal nutrition advisors continued to work very effectively 
with  customers  to  help  them  improve  performance  efficiency  and 
deliver their environmental objectives and respond to market demands. 
We  continue  to  focus  on  keeping  abreast  of  the  latest  scientific 
developments and aim to further strengthen our teams of specialists 
across all sectors in support of our growth plans.

ARABLE PRODUCTS

Our arable operations supply a wide range of services and products 
to arable and grassland farmers. These include seeds, fertilisers and 
agrochemicals as well as grain marketing services.

We saw significant variations in performance within the arable division. 
GrainLink, our grain and combinable crop marketing business delivered 
record results, which were well ahead of management expectations. 
This  resulted  from  a  30%  increase  in  grain  marketing  volumes  and 
good margin retention. GrainLink continued to gain market share on 
the eastern side of the trading area. As we detail in the Financial Report, 
GrainLink’s  headline  performance  was  impacted  by  the  accounting 
treatment  of  financial  derivatives.  It  should  be  noted  that  this  results 
only from the application of International Financial Reporting Standard 
9 and is a non-cash charge. 

The final quarter of the financial year is a seasonally important period 
for arable activities, and weather conditions were challenging.  The very 
wet summer and heavy rains in the autumn reduced the harvest size, 
and  its  quality,  and  created  very  difficult  autumn  sowing  conditions. 
Land intended for autumn sowing has not been sown, impacting sales 
of winter cereal seed, and some of the crop seed that was sown was 
flood  damaged.  In  addition,  some  of  the  decrease  in  winter  cereal 
seed sales also reflected our decision to exit from some low-margin 
wholesale contracts. 

While  we  anticipate  that  demand  for  spring  sown  cereal  and 
environmental  seed  mixtures  will  increase,  as  a  result  of  reduced 
autumn sowings, there are difficulties in the availability of spring seed 
this season, following the poorer 2023 harvest yields.  

Volumes of traditional grass seed mixtures were also impacted by the 
weather  and  were  5%  lower  year-on-year.  However,  this  was  better 
than  the  national  trend,  which  showed  an  annual  decrease  of  10%. 
Sales  of  our  environmental  seed  mixtures  grew  strongly  as  farmers 
adjusted  and  changed  cropping  rotations,  in  line  with  opportunities 
to participate in the Government’s Environmental Land Management 
Schemes. We expect demand for these environmental seed mixtures 
to  continue  to  increase.  Our  team  of  specialist  advisors  can  offer 
customers  environmentally-friendly  seed  mixtures 
include 
pollinators,  deep-rooted  herbs  and  wildflowers.  Demand  for  root 
seeds has also increased as sheep farmers grow more crops to reduce 
bought-in feed and participate in environmental schemes. 

that 

The  completion  of  our  investment  at  our  seed  plant  at  Astley  in 
Shropshire  will  enable  us  to  double  grass  seed  processing  and 
provides a platform to continue to increase sales in the future. It also 
enhances our reputation for high-quality seeds.

Merchanted  fertiliser  volumes  in  the  second  half  of  the  year  were 
stronger than in the first half and overall sales were up by 2% on the 
prior  year.  This  was  significantly  better  than  the  estimated  national 
decrease in volumes of c. 10%. As fertilizer prices reduced from the 
higher levels earlier in the year, demand improved, however margins 
were affected in a falling market.

Farmer  returns  within  the  arable  sector  have  been  squeezed  in 
comparison  to  the  very  strong  prior  year,  when  grain  supplies  were 
disrupted following the invasion of the Ukraine by Russia and prices 

climbed  to  record  highs.  While  the  reduced  acreage  that  has  been 
sown  this  autumn  will  impact  the  demand  for  crop  inputs,  including 
fertiliser,  farmers  will  plant  alternative  crops,  which  will  require  our 
products and services. 

GLASSON GRAIN LIMITED 

Glasson Grain is the second largest fertiliser blender in the UK and is 
based at Glasson Dock near Lancaster. As well as fertiliser blending, 
Glasson has two other core activities, the supply of feed raw materials 
and the manufacture of added-value animal feed products.

As  we  reported  with  first-half  results,  Glasson  contended  with 
the  sharp  reversal  of  global  fertiliser  raw  material  prices,  from  the 
unsustainable  levels  of  the  prior  year,  to  more  normalised  levels.    In 
the last financial year, the stratospheric rise in raw material prices led 
to significant one-off gains; by contrast, in this financial year, Glasson’s 
performance  has  been  distorted  by  adverse  stock  realisations.  As 
a  fertiliser  manufacturer,  Glasson  carries  stocks  of  raw  materials  for 
blending and therefore can be affected by price movements, up and 
downwards. Fertiliser prices continued their correction in the second 
half of the financial year and retained a degree of volatility in the autumn 
period. 

Overall,  Glasson’s  fertiliser  volumes  decreased  by  4%  year-on-year, 
although it increased its market share. We anticipate that fertiliser usage 
will  change  as  farmers  switch  increasingly  to  precision  application 
techniques,  stimulated  by  Government-supported  environmental 
schemes.  As farmers shift their approach and carry out more detailed 
nutrient management plans to identify crop requirements, Glasson is 
well-placed to assist, having the ability to process bespoke fertilisers to 
suit individual customer requirements.  We anticipate opportunities to 
add value to the business in the coming years, and expect to maintain 
our  position  as  the  UK’s  second  largest  manufacturer  of  blended 
fertiliser.

Feed raw materials performed well and ahead of expectation. Although 
volumes  decreased  by  11%,  which  was  in  line  with  national  trends, 
margins were better than last year and drove strong results. Glasson’s 
smaller operation, the specialist animal feed activity, saw lower volumes 
as  the  cost-of-living  crisis  reduced  consumer  demand  for  some  of 
the manufactured products. Higher energy and labour costs also put 
pressure on margins. We are currently restructuring the operation to 
mitigate costs. 

Agriculture - Revenue

(note 2, pages 80-81)

£584.31m

£564.26m

£358.96m

Divisional revenue increased by 3.6% year-on-year to £584.3 
million”

2023

2022

2021

“

Agriculture - Segment Result

 (note 2, pages 80-81)

2023

£3.65m

2022

2021

£4.22m

£14.66m

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

20

 
Chief Executive’s Report continued

SPECIALIST AGRICULTURAL MERCHANTING 
DIVISION
The Specialist Agricultural Merchanting Division comprises a network 
of  53  depots  catering  mainly  for  the  needs  of  farmers  but  also  rural 
dwellers.  Depots  are  mostly  located  within  the  livestock  areas  of 
England and Wales. The network is supported by a multi-channel sales 
route to market, which includes a digital sales platform, a sales trading 
desk  and  specialist  catalogues.  Youngs  Animal  Feeds  (“Youngs”) 
is  also  accounted  for  in  this  division.  Youngs  manufactures  and 
distributes a wide range of equine products, which are sold through 
three dedicated Youngs outlets, Wynnstay depots and via third-party 
wholesale customers.  

Revenue  in  the  division  increased  to  £151.5  million  (2022:  £148.8 
million). However, this rise mostly reflected agricultural inflation, while 
segmental contribution decreased to £6.1 million (2022: £7.9 million), 
which was below management expectations. Footfall and the number 
of transactions were in line with the previous year, but an overall lower 
margin product mix had an impact on profitability. In particular, we felt 
the effect of lower volumes of our own-brand bagged feed and lower 
hardware sales. This shift in buying patterns reflected subdued farmer 
sentiment, as farmers tightened their belts in response to lower farm 
gate prices, and the good availability of grass in the second half also 
had an effect on feed volumes. In addition, rising energy and labour 
costs  affected  the  Division’s  cost  base  and  we  have  put  in  place 
actions to mitigate this. 

We continue to develop our digital offering. The number of customers 
who  have  signed  up  to  our  digital  portal  continued  to  increase.  The 

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting - Revenue
 (note 2, pages 80-81)

2023

“

2022

2021

Revenue in the division increased to £151.5 million”

£151.48m

£148.77m

£141.43m

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting - Segment 
Result

 (note 2, pages 80-81)

2023

2022

2021

£6.13m

£7.95m

£7.15m

majority of the activity on the portal remains non-trading and accounts 
related.  During  the  coming  year,  we  will  be  introducing  a  click-and-
collect service as we continue to develop our online offering.

Youngs Animal Feeds saw an increase in sales of its own- manufactured 
fibre product, ‘Sweet Meadow’ and performed ahead of last year.

JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATE COMPANY
Wynnstay  has  three  joint  venture  companies,  Bibby  Agriculture  Ltd, 
WYRO  Developments  Limited  and  Total  Angling  Limited,  as  well  as 
an associate company, Celtic Pride Limited. The businesses together 
made  another  strong  contribution,  which  totalled  £0.9  million  (2022 
£0.8  million).  This  was  driven  by  a  record  performance  from  Bibby 
Agriculture Limited, as well as positive contributions from WYRO and 
Total Angling Limited. 

ENVIRONMENTAL,  SOCIAL  AND  GOVERNANCE 
(“ESG”)
Our  ESG  strategy  has  two  goals.  As  an  organisation,  Wynnstay  is 
working towards becoming carbon neutral by 2040. We are committed 
to  helping  to  protect  the  local  and  global  environments,  and  aim  to 
minimise,  as  much  as  we  can,  any  adverse  environmental  impacts 
that our activities may have. Alongside this, we are focused on helping 
farmers to feed the UK in a more sustainable way, providing advice and 
access to more environmentally-friendly agricultural inputs and other 
innovative products.  

In  the  last  financial  year,  we  established  The  Sustainable  Farm 
Advisory Team. The team includes industry experts, and the objective 
is  to  bring  in  additional  expertise  to  help  guide  the  decisions  of  our 
Executive Management and our Sustainability Team as they develop 
our environmental strategies. We have recently formed the Resource 
Efficiency  Action  Team,  which  has  been  tasked  with  accelerating 
resource efficiency gains across the Group.

In  order  to  reduce  Group  energy  costs  and  its  carbon  footprint,  we 
have  invested  £1.0m  in  solar  voltaic  panels  and  will  be  investing  a 
further  £1.0m  over  the  new  financial  year  to  install  solar  panels  on 
roofs of Group properties. The Group’s vehicle replacement policy is 
now reshaping the vehicle fleet with electric/hybrid cars and lorries that 
are more fuel efficient.  

We continue to work with the wider industry and customers on carbon 
and methane reduction projects. During the year, Wynnstay, along with 
other partners from the industry, launched the revolutionary “Dancing 
with Daffodils”. The project is investigating the potential use of a daffodil 
extract to reduce methane emissions from cows. A 96% reduction in 
methane emissions has been demonstrated in artificial cow stomachs 
and a team of researchers at Scotland’s Rural College is now trialling 
the  extract’s  use  in  real  cows.  The  research  team  believes  that  the 
daffodil extract, when added to livestock feed, could reduce methane 
emissions by at least 30%. A four-year programme of trials has begun 
at farms across the UK, and if they prove successful, it is intended that 
Wynnstay  provides  the  route-to-market  for  the  end-product.  Whilst 
we already offer methane inhibitors within our climate-friendly range of 
feed products, this potential new product would represent a significant 

          We are committed to helping to protect 
the local and global environments,”

“  

21

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Chief Executive’s Report continued

step forward in reducing methane emissions from ruminant animals. 

In line with our environmental commitments and to address concerns 
about  poultry  manure  and  phosphate  levels  in  rivers,  we  introduced 
a  lower  phosphorus  feed  option  for  free  range  layer  hens.    The 
new  feed  formula,  which  optimises  the  level  of  the  phytase  enzyme 
without compromising feed performance or bird health, improves diet 
utilisation and results in an average reduction of 13.8% in in phosphate 
excretion  per  bird  per  year.  All  of  Wynnstay’s  relevant  manufactured 
layer mashes now contain optimised doses of phytase.  

Our colleagues remain of paramount importance, and we work hard to 
encourage dialogue and engagement throughout the Group, including 
the contribution of ideas as to how to improve the business, workplace 
and  performance.  The  Colleagues  Ideas  Hub  was  established  as  a 
means  by  which  staff  can  submit  their  ideas.  If  an  idea  is  taken  up 
and shown to be successful, we also provide financial recognition. The 
Executive Team regularly updates colleagues across the Group on the 
Company’s  progress,  with  both  the  Team  and  colleagues  benefiting 
from this regular engagement. We also support colleagues’ fundraising 
initiatives. Fundraising proceeds are distributed to nominated charities, 
principally Children with Cancer and The Royal Agricultural Benevolent 
Institution  (RABI),  the  award-winning  charity  which  provides  local 
support to the farming community in England and Wales.

COLLEAGUES
I would like to take this opportunity to thank all our colleagues for their 
continued  hard  work,  loyalty  and  commitment  over  the  past  twelve 
months.  They  have  risen  to  the  challenge  of  a  more  difficult  trading 
environment  and  continued  to  demonstrate  Wynnstay’s  values  and 
serve our customers well. I am proud of working alongside them.

I  would  also  like  to  add  my  personal  thanks  to  Paul  Roberts,  who 
retired  as  Finance  Director,  on  2  January  2024  after  a  long  and 
successful career at Wynnstay. It has been a great pleasure to work 
with him, and I join my colleagues in acknowledging his outstanding 
contribution to the Group.  

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

“         Our colleagues 

have risen to the 
challenge of a more 
difficult trading 
environment. I am 
proud of working 
alongside them.”

OUTLOOK
The trading backdrop remains difficult. Farmer sentiment is cautious, 
reflecting  uncertainty  over  farmgate  prices  and  the  adjustment  to 
the  Environmental  Land  Management  Scheme  and  the  Sustainable 
Farming  Scheme.  We  anticipate  current  low  milk  prices  to  continue 
to suppress dairy feed demand, although some recovery is expected 
in the coming months, and arable inputs are likely to be down in the 
spring, following the significant reduction in autumn cereal planting. It 
is also reasonable to expect a smaller 2024 harvest. Energy and labour 
costs remain factors too.

While  these  are  challenges  for  the  entire  sector  in  the  short  term, 
Wynnstay’s strong balance sheet and good cash generation enables 
us to continue to invest across the business in support of our growth 
plans,  and  to  consider  acquisitions.  The  Group  is  well-placed  in  the 
marketplace and its balanced business model helps to smooth sector 
variations and remains a strength.

Gareth Davies
Chief Executive Officer
29 January 2024

22

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Finance Review

generated  an  operating  profit  before  non-recurring  items  of  £3.65m 
(2022: £14.66m), and the Specialist Agricultural Merchanting Division 
generated  an  operating  profit  before  non-recurring  items  of  £6.13m 
(2022:  £7.95m).  Other  activities  generated  a  loss  of  £0.04m  (2022: 
£0.23m profit). 

Whilst  the  Group’s  underlying  performance  has  been  impacted 
by  the  difficult  trading  environment  across  the  agricultural  sector, 
particularly  in  the  second  half  of  the  year,  results  were  also  affected 
by the reversal of certain one-off gains experienced in 2022.  This was 
expected,  and  the  most  notable  reversal  was  in  fertiliser  commodity 
values.  As previously reported, fertiliser commodity values peaked to 
historic highs in 2022, which resulted in substantial one-off gains in the 
raw  material  stock  book  at  Glasson  Grain  Limited  (“Glasson”).  (As  a 
manufacturer, Glasson benefited because of its typically ‘long’ position 
in raw materials i.e. it buys in and holds raw materials stock). In the 
financial year under review, fertiliser prices reversed from their artificially 
high peaks and this normalisation resulted in the opposite position i.e. 
adverse stock realisations, which amounted to approximately £1.5m. It 
should also be noted that the FY 2022 one-off stock gains significantly 
outweighed the one-off stock losses in FY 2023. 

As  previously  reported,  FY  2022  results  benefited  from  a  non-cash 
accounting gain of approximately £0.4m.  This related to the fair value 
of  wheat  contracts  taken  on  the  London  ICE  Futures  market  as  a 
hedge  against  the  physical  wheat  contracts  sold  to  customers.  The 
gain resulted from the application of International Financial Reporting 
Standard  (“IFRS”)  9,  which  requires  that  certain  open  derivative 
contracts  be  valued  by  reference  to  a  recognised  market  price  as 
at  the  financial  year-end.  As  expected,  this  non-cash  gain  reversed 
in  FY  2023,  and  a  further  non-cash  accounting  loss  of  £0.4m  was 
recorded, in line with IFRS 9, which resulted in a total non-cash loss 
of £0.8m in the financial year under review.  This accounting treatment 
has no effect on the grain trading book of the Agricultural Division. It 
simply  accelerates  the  recognition  of  the  fair  value  from  the  relevant 
transactions.

TAXATION

The  Group’s  total  tax  charge,  including  joint  ventures,  was  £1.97m 
(2022:  £4.11m).    This  represents  22.12%  (2022:  19.40%)  of  the 
Group’s reported pre-tax profit of £8.90m (2022: £21.26m).  The year-
on-year increase reflects the uplift in the main rate of Corporation Tax 
from 1 April 2023. A reconciliation of the tax charge to reported pre-tax 
profit is given below:

£000

Group’s tax charge

Taxation 

Share of tax incurred by joint venture & 

associate

2023

2022

1,776

3,982

192

132

1,968

4,114

TRADING RESULTS

A summary of the trading conditions experienced by the business over 
the last financial year is provided in the Chief Executive’s Review on 
pages 19-22. 

The Group’s operations are divided into two main reporting segments; 
the Agriculture Division, which manufactures and supplies agricultural 
inputs;  and  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  Division,  which 
provides  products  (and  specialist  advice)  predominantly  for  farmers, 
but also the wider rural community.

£000

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Underlying profit before tax

REVENUE

2023

2022

735,877

713,034

9,399

9,236

22,448

22,612

The  Group  generated  revenue  of  £735.88m  (2022:  £713.03m)  over 
the  financial  year,  a  3%  increase  over  the  prior  year.    This  increase 
reflected  the  first  full  year  contribution  from  both  the  Humphrey 
business and Tamar Milling, (acquired respectively in March 2022 and 
November 2022) as well as higher grain trading activity, offset by more 
normalised  fertiliser  prices  after  the  very  significant  spiking  of  prices 
in the prior year caused by macroeconomic events.  The Agriculture 
Division contributed £584.31m to Group revenues (2022: £564.26m), 
up by almost 4% year-on-year. The Specialist Agricultural Merchanting 
Division  contributed  £151.48m  (2022:  £148.77m),  up  by  2%,  driven 
by slightly higher like-with-like activity in the first half of the year, with 
the second half experiencing lower volumes of bagged feed sales and 
hardware products.

ADJUSTED 
UNDERLYING PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

OPERATING 

PROFIT 

AND 

Group pre-tax profit from continuing 
operations 

As  expected,  Group  adjusted  operating  profit  and  underlying  profit 
before  taxation  reduced  significantly  compared  to  the  previous  year, 
which  benefited  from  substantial  one-off  gains,  mainly  arising  from 
global  events.  As  outlined  in  a  trading  update  announcement  on  30 
November 2022, the outcome for the financial year was also impacted 
by an adverse final quarter, which meant that final results were lower 
than market expectations.  

Group  adjusted  operating  profit  was  £9.40m  (2022:  £20.45m),  and 
underlying profit before taxation was £9.24m (2022: £22.61m). These 
performance  metrics,  which  include  the  gross  share  of  results  from 
joint  ventures  but  exclude  share-based  payments  and  non-recurring 
items,  are  the  Board’s  preferred  alternative  performance  measure. 
Their  reconciliation  with  the  reported  income  statement,  and  the 
reasons for their use, are provided in Note 36 to the accounts.

Including  contributions  from  joint  ventures,  the  Agriculture  Division 

Profit before taxation from operations

8,704

21,124

Share of tax incurred by joint venture & 

associate

192

132

8,896

21,256

Effective tax rate in Group accounts

20.40% 18.85%

Effective tax rate including joint ventures

22.12% 19.40%

In accordance with Schedule 19 of the Finance Act 2016, the Group 
has published a Tax Strategy document on its website. The document 
confirms the Group’s commitment to all its statutory obligations and its 
full disclosure policy. The Group does not use offshore tax jurisdictions.

25

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Finance Review

EARNINGS PER SHARE & DIVIDEND 

Basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  financial  year  was  30.75p  (2022: 
82.72p),  based  on  a  weighted  average  number  of  shares  in  issue 
during the year of 22.525m (2022: 20.722m). 

The  Board  recommends  the  payment  of  a  final  dividend  of  11.75p 
per  share  (2022:  11.60p),  which  will  be  paid  on  30  April  2024  and 
is  subject  to  shareholder  approval.  Including  the  interim  dividend  of 
5.50p per share (2022: 5.40p), paid on 31 October 2023, this takes 
the total dividend for the financial year to 17.25p (2022: 17.00p), an 
increase of 1.5% on the prior year.

CASH FLOW AND NET CASH
£000

Operating cash flows*

Working capital movement

Net interest

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

The  proposed  total  dividend  is  the  twentieth  consecutive  year  of 
dividend  growth  since  the  Group  joined  the  Alternative  Investment 
Market of the London Stock Exchange in 2004. 

Net capital expenditure

Cash paid for acquisition of subsidiaries

2023

16,020

4,252

(294)

(2,763)

17,215

(5,505)

(2,709)

2022

27,502

(13,663)

(233)

(3,342)

10,264

(3,296)

(10,234)

The  proposed  total  dividend  is  covered  1.8  times  by  profit  after  tax 
(2022: 4.1 times). Current Company distributable reserves amount to 
£16.61m (2022: £16.55m) and can cover nearly four years of current 
dividend payment levels. Anticipated cash resources and future cash 
generation  assumptions  support  the  Board’s  view  that  the  Group’s 
progressive  dividend  policy  is  sustainable.  A  process  of  subsidiary 
dividend payments to the parent Company continues so as to ensure 
adequate liquidity and capital are available to support the progressive 
dividend policy.

BALANCE SHEET

£000

Tangible & intangible fixed assets

Right of use assets

Investments in property & joint ventures

Net working capital

Loans to joint venture

Net cash (excluding IFRS 16 leases)

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

2023

45,087

14,129

6,257

61,030

639

23,717

(12,975)

(177)

-

(257)

(2,219)

2022

41,909

8,202

5,951

62,619

1,067

21,494

(7,343)

466

(345)

(1,639)

(1,680)

135,231

130,701

£000

Capital  investment  in  fixed  assets,  including  right-of-use  assets, 
amounted  to  £15.54m  (2022:  £5.31m)  in  the  year.    Of  this,  £6.16m 
related  to  renewal  of  property  leases  (2022:  £nil)  and  £2.71m 
was  invested  in  acquisitions  (2022:  £10.23m),  including  deferred 
consideration. 

Working  capital,  defined  as  inventories  plus  current  trade  and  other 
receivables less current trade and other payables, reduced by £1.59m 
or 2.5% to £61.03m (2022: £62.62m).  The reduction mainly reflected 
lower  commodity  prices,  which  offset  the  impact  of  acquisitions 
and  higher  levels  of  activity.    The  like-for-like  working  capital  cash 
movement  of  £4.22m  represents  a  partial  reversal  of  the  working 
capital increase of £13.66m incurred by the Group in the previous year, 
which  experienced  significant  commodity  inflation.  It  has  supported 
the  generation  of  strong  positive  operational  cash  flows  during  the 
financial year.  

The Group’s net assets at the financial year-end amounted to £135.23m 
(2022: £130.70m). Based on the weighted average number of shares 
in  issue  during  the  financial  year  of  22.525m  (2022:  20.722m),  this 
equates  to  a  net  asset  per  share  of  £6.00  (2022:  £6.31  per  share). 
Based on these balance sheet values, the return on net assets from 
underlying pre-tax profit was 7.0% (2022: 17.4%).

Joint ventures, associates and trusts

600

2,263

Net cash used in investing activities

(7,614)

(11,267)

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Net movement in bank borrowings

Repayment of capital element of leases

Dividends paid

1,471

(2,345)

(5,042)

(3,868)

11,040

9,011

(4,229)

(3,339)

Net  cash  (used  in)/  generated  from 
financing activities

(9,784)

12,483

Net movement in cash

Effects of exchange rate differences

Opening cash balances

Closing cash balances

(183)

61

31,177

31,055

11,480

56

19,641

31,177

*Before movements in working capital

Net cash generated from operating activities totalled £17.22m (2022: 
£10.26m).  The  reported  net  cash  position  at  the  financial  year-end 
was  £10.74m  (2022:  £14.15m).  Excluding  the  classification  of  land 
& building leases as debt, in accordance with the basis on which the 
Group’s banking covenants are calculated, the net cash position was 
£19.01m (2022: £18.20m). 

The October financial year-end marks a trough in the Group’s working 
capital cycle, and therefore typically reflects an optimal position over 
the 12-month cycle.

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank borrowings

Net cash (excluding IFRS 16 leases)

2023

31,055

(7,338)

23,717

2022

31,177

(9,683)

21,494

IFRS 16 non-property leases

(4,708)

(3,292)

Net  cash  (excluding  IFRS  16  property 
leases) bank basis

19,009

18,202

Other IFRS 16 leases

Net Cash (IFRS)

(8,268)

10,741

(4,051)

14,151

During the financial year, a total of 111,181 (2022: 75,891) new ordinary 
shares  were  issued  to  existing  shareholders  exercising  their  right  to 
receive dividends in the form of new shares. The total equivalent cash 
amount  was  £0.474m  (2022:  £0.459m).  A  further  503,534  shares 
were issued for a total cash consideration of £0.997m (2022: £0.32m) 
to  employees  exercising  rights  over  approved  share  options  (2022: 
65,689).  In the prior financial year, 1,900,000 shares were issued in 
a private placing to institutional holders for a total cash consideration 
of £10.26m.

26

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Key Performance Indicators

SHARE PRICE
The closing share price at 31 October 2023 was 382.5p. During the financial year, the shares traded in the range of
640.0p per share (in November 2022) and 360.0p per share (in October 2023).

The performance of the business is regularly monitored against financial key performance indicators (KPIs), defined as follows:

KPI

Revenue

2023

2022

£735.88m £713.03m

The invoiced value of sales from the Group’s activities, measured at a fair value net of all 
rebates and excluding value added tax.

Adjusted EBITDA*

£16.89m £28.31m

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and investment property 
fair value adjustment, tax on joint ventures, goodwill impairment, share-based payment 
expenses and other non-cash charges.

Earnings per share

30.75p

82.72p

Profit for the year after taxation divided by the weighted average number of shares in 
issue during the year.

Underlying pre-tax profit*

£9.24m £22.61m

Underlying pre-tax profit includes the Group’s share of pre-tax profit from joint ventures 
and associate investments but excludes non-recurring costs and share-based payment 
expense.

Return on net assets

7.0%

17.4%

Underlying pre-tax profit, with intangible amortisation added back, divided by the 
balance sheet net asset value.

Net assets per share

£6.00

£6.31

The balance sheet net asset value, divided by the weighted average number of shares in 
issue during the year.

*A reconciliation of these measures to reported IFRS profit before tax is provided in Note 36 to the accounts.

GOING CONCERN

As part of their normal year-end processes, the Board has reviewed commercial plans and budgets for the new financial year, and assessed the 
principal identified risks and uncertainties for the Group. Detailed cashflow projections were prepared and considered against available funding 
sources, which at the financial year-end included net cash of £10.74m, £3.0m of undrawn revolving credit facilities and £10.5m of unused overdraft 
facilities with HSBC Bank UK plc (“HSBC”). 

During the financial year, £7.5m of committed revolving credit facilities and an accordion facility of £2.5m expired. A direct replacement was agreed 
with HSBC. This comprises a final form base facility of £10m with a £5m accordion facility, both on the same coupon and fee arrangements as the 
expired facility.  

Reflecting the Group’s strong cash position and an assessment of the Group’s needs in the short term, the Group has deferred the implementation 
of  the  new  facility  with  the  agreement  of  HSBC.    This,  in  turn,  will  defer  the  commencement  of  the  fixed  commitment  term,  payment  of  the 
arrangement fee and the instigation of non-utilisation fees. The new facility will be available approximately one month after it is requested.

The Directors believe that the Group has adequate financial resources to support the operational requirements of the business for the foreseeable 
future, and that it is appropriate to continue adopting the going concern concept in the preparation of financial statements.

Whilst the financial performance of the Group has been impacted by a difficult trading environment and certain negative one-off items, the Board 
believes that the Group’s market position, strong balance sheet and balanced business model support its view that Wynnstay remains resilient and 
is well-placed to navigate the current commercial environment.

Rob Thomas
Group Finance Director
29 January 2024

27

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Company Details and Advisors 

DIRECTORS

SECRETARY

COMPANY NUMBER

REGISTERED OFFICE

AUDITOR

PRINCIPAL BANKERS

NOMINATED ADVISOR &
STOCKBROKER

S J Ellwood – Chairman

S D Esom (appointed 18 April 2023)

P M Kirkham (retired 24 May 2023)

C Bradshaw 

H J Richards
G W Davies – Chief Executive

B P Roberts – Finance Director (retired 02 January 2024)

R J Thomas – Group Finance Director (appointed 02 October 2023)

C A Williams

2704051

Eagle House
Llansantffraid-Ym-Mechain

Powys

SY22 6AQ

Crowe UK LLP

Black Country House

Rounds Green Road

Oldbury

West Midlands

B69 2DG

HSBC UK Bank PLC                

Wales Corporate Banking Centre

5 Callaghan Square

Cardiff

CF10 5BT

Shore Capital and Corporate Limited

Cassini House

57 St James’s Street

London

SW1A 1LD                

REGISTRARS

Neville Registrars Limited

Neville House

Steelpark Road

Halesowen

West Midlands

B62 8HD

SOLICITORS

Harrisons Solicitors LLP                                   DWF LLP

30 Broad Street                                                5 St Paul’s Square

Welshpool                                                         Liverpool
Powys                                                               L3 9AE
SY21 7RR

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

28

 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

For the year ended 31 October 2023

The strategic ambition of the Group is to create sustainable growth over the medium to long-term by identifying appropriate business opportunities 
and  developing  these  within  a  risk  management  framework  appropriate  to  the  activities  being  conducted,  the  scale  of  the  enterprise  and 
the resources available. The Executive Team has overall responsibility for reviewing risk management strategies, and together with the wider 
executive team, regularly reviews the operating environment for evolving concerns. A risk register is maintained and overseen by the executive 
directors, who take account of the specialist knowledge available across the Group. The non-executive directors provide oversight and scrutiny 
in this area to ensure that risk management is appropriately aligned with commercial strategy. 

In all businesses, there are some risks and uncertainties which are not able to be fully controlled. The table below sets out the principal risks and 
uncertainties which could have a material impact on the Group, but the list is not exhaustive, and it is possible that there will be other risks or 
uncertainties that could have a material adverse impact. Whilst all companies are subject to some financial risk, the Group continues to have a 
strong balance sheet and low gearing which remain priorities for the Board.

RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Continuing

Operational: Health and safety protocols

An absolute priority for the Group remains the safety, health 
and  welfare  of  our  colleagues,  customers,  suppliers  and 
the communities in which it operates. Causing harm to any 
individuals through the Group’s activities or actions creates 
moral,  reputational  and  financial  risk  to  the  organisation, 
as  well  as  potential  disruption  through  absence,  loss  of 
experience and other consequential implications. 

The  Group  has  taken  further  tangible  actions  over  the 
last  year  to  strengthen  and  embed  the  culture  of  mutual 
responsibility for health and safety matters. Initiatives have 
included extended training, increased dedicated resource, 
including the appointment of a senior executive in the role 
of  Group  Health  &  Safety  Manager  reporting  directly  to 
the CEO, and enhanced auditing and external system and 
policy reviews. 

Recent  experience  from  Covid  19  has  highlighted  the 
potential  threats  to  businesses  from  pandemics  and  other 
infection risks.

Benefits  from  amended  operating  protocols  have  been 
recognised,  and  the  Group  will  be  vigilant  for  emerging 
concerns.

Increasing

Operational: IT systems including cyber security

Much  of  the  Group’s  activities  rely  on  networked  IT 
systems  and  the  breakdown  of  any  of  these  systems 
through  mechanical  fault,  data  loss,  malicious  activity  or 
obsolescence  could  lead  to  failure  in  customer  fulfilment 
processes together with reputational and financial damage. 

The  potential  risk  of  cyber  attacks  has  increased  with  the 
expansion of the business and the use of remote working.

The  Group  has  internal  IT  support  teams  to  manage  its 
computer systems, including procedures for recovery from 
disruption. 

Security training continues for relevant staff and recovery 
simulations have been successfully completed. 

Investment  has  increased  to  update  both  hardware  and 
operating software solutions.

Continuing

Operational: Supply chain efficiency

The  Group  requires  access  to  raw  materials  and  goods  for 
resale and any disruption to its supply chains would damage 
revenue streams.

Strategic  partnerships  with  suppliers  are  managed  by 
specialist  colleagues  who  aim  to  ensure  inventories  are 
kept at an optimum level.

Increasing

Operational: Manufacturing Investments

The Group’s expansion strategy entails significant investment 
in  manufacturing  capacity  across  a  range  of  activities 
including  feed  production,  seed  processing  and  fertiliser 
blending.  Such  investment  programs  have  failure  risks 
associated with them together with concerns such as delays, 
cost overruns and other project management issues. 

Considerable  time  and  effort  have  been  invested  in 
obtaining  expert  external  professional  support  to  the 
design,  planning  and  implementation  phases  of  these 
projects.  The  Group  employs  an  operational  director  and 
an engineering manager who regularly review these critical 
plans, and report progress to the Board.

29

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Continuing

Financial:  Commodity  prices,  currency  exchange  rates 
and general market volatility

The  Group’s  raw  material  inputs  (grain,  feed  and  fertiliser 
ingredients),  along  with  the  farmer  customer  outputs  (dairy, 
meat,  agricultural  goods)  are  subject  to  world  prices  which 
are  impacted  by  supply  and  demand,  political  factors  and 
currency  exchange  rates  which  could  lead  to  fluctuating 
demand for the Group’s products.

The wider economy has experienced a period of considerable 
volatility with higher cost inflation and increased interest rates. 
The Group is not immune to such general pressures

Increasing

Financial: Availability of finance and interest rates

Fluctuating  commodity  prices  can  adversely  impact  the 
Group’s  working  capital  requirements  and  increases  in 
interest  rates  raise  the  Group’s  cost  base  and  can  limit 
capital  availability.  Recent  Bank  of  England  policy  has  been 
to  increase  interest  rates  to  contribute  to  managing  high 
inflationary pressures.

The Group does not engage in the taking of speculative 
commodity  positions,  and  uses  position  reporting 
systems with appropriate buying limits in place to manage 
its forward purchasing requirements for its manufacturing 
operations. 
Position  reporting  systems  are  in  place  and  where 
available,  hedging  tools  such  as  commodity  futures 
contracts  are  used  to  manage  pricing  decisions,  while 
foreign  currency  risk  is  managed  by  entering  into 

agreements at the time of the underlying transaction.

Various  hedging  strategies  have  been  used  to  fix  costs 
where  possible  including,  in  the  electricity  and  fuel 
markets.  Management  are  also  tasked  with  seeking 
forward commitment arrangements utilising the Group’s 
strong balance sheet where appropriate.

The  Group  monitors  headroom  in  its  banking  facilities 
and maintains adequate capacity to absorb unexpected 
but  foreseeable  trading  patterns  and  conditions.  Debt 
facilities are in place with HSBC Bank Plc which include 
variable  overdraft  and  committed 
revolving  credit 
facilities  and  term  loans,  together  with  separate  asset 
funding lines. The majority of existing debt facilities have 
floating interest rates linked to bank reference rates, but 
the Board could readily fix these through the use of swap 
derivatives if appropriate.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Increasing

Operational: Operating environment

- Impact of weather conditions and climate change. 
Demand  for  the  Group’s  products  is  affected  by  climatic 
conditions which impact both livestock and arable activities, 
and  so  customer  demand  can  be  impacted  by  the  weather 
which, in turn, could lead to volatility of earnings.

The Group monitors trends and, as noted above, seeks 
to diversify where possible to avoid reliance on individual 
customer or product groups, such as offering products to 
arable and livestock farmers.

- Animal diseases. 
Much of the Group’s commercial activity entails the supply of 
products  into  the  livestock  sector,  and  as  such  any  disease 
issue  which  impacts  the  number  of  animals  may  reduce  the 
opportunities for the business. The recent increasing incidents 
of Avian Influenza represents serious commercial risks to an 
important customer sector for the Group’s feed business.

The  Group  monitors  area  of  concern  and  implements 
operational  bio-security  protocols  to  minimise  the  risk 
of  contributing  to  the  spread  of  disease.  The  Group  is 
not  dependent  on  any  single  category  of  livestock  and 
maintains  exposure  to  multiple  farming  enterprises  to 
reduce  the  impact  from  issues  affecting  any  particular 
sector.  

-Government regulation and licences.
A  number  of  the  operating  sites  within  the  Group  require 
specific environment regulated permits or other governmental 
approvals or licences. Non-compliance with the terms of such 
approvals could result in the withdrawal of authority to operate 
certain activities which could lead to volatility of earnings or 
loss of reputation.

Continuing

Financial: Credit

regulatory 
The  Board  oversees  environment  and 
compliance  by 
from 
management  and  monitoring  the  results  of  internal 
reviews and external compliance audits.

regular  updates 

receiving 

A significant proportion of the Group’s trade is conducted on 
credit  terms  and  as  such  the  risk  of  non-payment  is  always 
present.

Customers are credit checked and appropriate limits set 
up  prior  to  goods  being  supplied.  The  Group  actively 
monitors  accounts  using  the  credit  control  policy  and 
the  Board  regularly  monitors  debtor  days.  The  historic 
incidence of bad debts is low.

- Grain trading business
The grain trading business derives a significant proportion of 
revenue  from  a  small  number  of  key  customers,  leading  to 
substantial customer credit balances.

The  Group  utilises  credit  insurance  in  order  to  provide 
partial  cover  against  default  by  certain  large  customers 
for grain.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

30

 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Continuing

Operational: Industry consolidation and change

The  Group  operates  in  a  fragmented  market  which  is 
undergoing consolidation. Our strategy is to grow through a 
combination of organic and acquisition-based means in order 
to remain competitive and benefit from economies of scale. 
Consequently, it is important to successfully identify, execute 
and  integrate  growth  opportunities  in  order  to  mitigate  the 
risk of customer loss and competition.

The Group pursues a sensible growth strategy by seeking 
to increase its market share through geographic expansion 
and acquisitions. The Group continues to invest in its sales 
channels, capturing data through a customer relationship 
management tool in order to identify and manage customer 
sales,  service,  support  and  quality  across  our  catalogue, 
direct to farm and specialist agricultural merchanting depot 
network.

Increasing

Operational: Government policy and agricultural support

Following  Brexit,  the  UK  government  and  the  respective 
authorities in the devolved nations implemented replacement 
agricultural  policies,  with  evolving  and  different  support 
mechanisms  for  farmers,  with  an  underlying  focus  on 
sustainability and the environment. The potential for reduced 
income for the Group’s predominant farmer customer base, 
either from the direct changes in support payments or, to the 
current commitments from an altered political agenda, could 
impact the demand for the Group’s products. 

The Group receives consultancy input on the implications 
of  government  policy  and  closely  monitors  changes 
to  arrangements  and  adapts  plans  to  respond  to  the 
opportunities  arising  from  such  changes.  The  respective 
government’s  agricultural  legislative  frameworks  have 
been  fully  investigated  and  resources  allocated  to  assist 
our  customers  to  access  the  available  funding  for  joint 
commercial benefit. 

31

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Wynnstay Group PLC - Section 172 Statement

Financial Year ending 31 October 2023

BACKGROUND

STAKEHOLDERS

All  large  companies  are  required  to  include  a  separate  statement  in 
their strategic report that explains how its directors have had regard to 
wider stakeholder needs when performing their duty under s172 of the 
Companies Act 2006. This disclosure requirement in no way changes 
the underlying statutory duties of a director, which are set out below:

Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006
A director of a company must act in the way he/she considers, in good 
faith, and would be most likely to promote the success of the company 
for the benefit of its members and in doing so have regard (amongst 
other matters) to: 

a. The likely consequences of any decision in the long term

b. The interests of the company’s employees; 

c.  The  need  to  foster  the  company’s  business  relationships  with 

suppliers, customers and others; 

d. The impact of the company’s operations on the community and 

the environment;

e. The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high 

standards of business conduct, and; 

f.  The need to act fairly between members of the company. 

The  Board  and  its  individual  directors  have  acted  in  accordance 
with  these  statutory  obligations  while  conducting  their  duties  during 
the  financial  year  to  31  October  2023,  and  have  taken  into  account 
relevant issues, factors and wider stakeholder group concerns when 
considering business strategy and the decisions necessary to execute 
that  strategy.  The  Directors  recognise  the  importance  of  managing 
the  business  in  a  responsible,  fair  and  ethical  manner,  and  strive  to 
engender such values in every aspect of the Group’s operations.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The  Group  continues  to  identify  five  main  stakeholder  groupings 
associated  with  the  business,  and  have  produced  specific  outline 
corporate  goals  for  each,  which  must  be  balanced  to  satisfy  the 
expectations  of  all  stakeholders  and  to  achieve  the  overall  strategic 
ambitions of the Business. Engagement channels are well developed 
for each grouping, which provide strong two-way communication links, 
ensuring  the  Board  is  always  cognisant  of  expectations.  Additional 
information on engagement can be found the ESG Framework section 
of the Annual Report. 

Customers  –  where  the  Group  seeks  to  excel  in  terms  of  range, 
value,  quality,  and  service.  The  relationship  nature  of  the  Group’s 
trading  activities  requires  strong  communication  links  with  individual 
customers  which  are  maintained  through  named  account  managers 
and other dedicated sales contact personnel, regular correspondence 
and  increasingly  through  digital  interaction  channels.  The  Group  has 
specialist teams who are able to offer advice on a range of agricultural 
matters, and more details can be found within the Strategic Report.

Shareholders  –  the  Board  seeks  to  execute  its  strategy  in  a 
sustainable way in line with our corporate values, Wynnstay THRIVE, 
which  is  explained  on  pages  43-44.  We  utilise  the  principles  set 
out  in  the  QCA  code  to  use  good  corporate  governance  and  build 
trust,  communicating  updates  on  financial  performance  in  a  timely 
and  appropriate  manner.  Directors  will  routinely  engage  with  both 
institutional and private investors and will seek out opinions on unusual 
or potentially controversial matters before applying policy changes. 

Colleagues – where the Group aims to attract, develop and reward 
high-quality personnel, and ensure a safe, productive and interesting 
environment to work in, thus encouraging the highest levels of customer 
service. The Group has a Colleague Forum and a senior management 
“open-door” policy to encourage open dialogue across the business. 
regularly  visit 
Senior  executives  and  Non-executive  directors 
operational locations and staff are routinely updated on developments 
through correspondence, newsletters, blogs and meetings.    

Suppliers – the Group has a comprehensive network of reliable and 
supportive suppliers and seeks to select suppliers who offer sustainable 
partnerships in order to offer better value to our customers. Product 
managers  regularly  engage  with  suppliers,  developing  marketing 
initiatives that align with the commercial objectives of the business. 

Communities – where the Group aims to be an active and positive 
participant in the local communities in which it operates. Participation 
in social engagement with various community contacts is encouraged, 
and  the  Group  selects  certain  charities  to  support  on  an  annual 
basis.  During  the  year  some  240  examples  of  support  were  offered 
to  community  initiatives  in  the  form  of  sponsorship,  other  financial 
support or practical assistance. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

32

 
Wynnstay Group PLC - Section 172 Statement continued

KEY BOARD DECISIONS

During the year, certain key Board decisions and their implications on relevant stakeholder groups can be categorised as follows:

ISSUE & DECISION

STAKEHOLDER 
GROUPS

OUTCOMES

Executive  Management  Reorganisation  –  During  the  year,  the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  refined  his  senior  management  team,  and 
presented  these  proposals  to  the  Board  for  consideration.  These 
proposals created a focused Executive Team which assumed some 
of  the  responsibilities  previously  held  by  subsidiary  boards.  The 
primary intention of this reorganisation was to align and co-ordinate 
management  approaches  across  the  Group  and  clarify  specific 
executive  responsibilities.  The  changes  included  amendments  to 
the responsibilities of certain executives, including the extended role 
of Group Sustainability & Innovation Director. A number of new roles 
were also created including, Head of Strategic Delivery, and Group 
Director  of  Feeds  &  Logistics.  Additionally,  below  the  Executive 
Committee  a  new  Health  &  Safety  executive  was  recruited, 
reporting  directly  to  the  CEO,  to  ensure  the  critical  importance  of 
this philosophy is embedded across all activities of the Group. 

The additional senior management resources have enabled a greater 
focus on strategic planning and delivery of the corporate plan while 
also  clarifying  executive  responsibility  for  all  stakeholder  groups. 
The widening of experience at the senior level adds resilience to the 
operational  management  of  the  business  and  provides  clarity  for 
lines of responsibility.

All

A  clearer  management  structure  assists  with  the  Group’s  People 
Management  &  Development  (PM&D)  strategy,  and  the  in-depth 
management succession plans across the business. 

Health & Safety must be embedded in the culture of the organisation, 
and  this  has  undoubtedly  been  strengthened  by  the  additional 
resource committed to this area, and the independence provided by 
the direct CEO reporting line.

Installing a resilient and clear management structure across the business establishes the platform on which the next phase of the Group’s growth plan can be built. 
Ensuring focused attention on the identified priorities for the business, supported by adequate processes and procedures overseen by competent individuals will 
place the Group in a stronger position to succeed in the future.

Assessment  of  acquisition  opportunities  and  integration 
planning    –  In  continuation  of  the  Group’s  well-communicated 
acquisition strategy, the Board have continued to identify, appraise 
and approach potential acquisition opportunities. At the beginning 
of  the  year,  the  acquisition  of  Tamar  Milling  was  completed,  with 
the  business  fully  integrated  into  existing  operations.  During 
the  summer,  the  integration  of  Humphrey  Feeds  &  Pullets  was 
commenced, including the roll-out of the new branding, maintaining 
the  Humphrey  name  across  all  the  Group’s  poultry  activities.  This 
process  was  fully  completed  by  the  financial  year  end.  A  number 
of  other  potential  acquisition  opportunities  were  considered  and 
rejected during the year, as they did not fit ideally with strategy or 
have to potential to provide a satisfactory return. 

Customers

Suppliers

Shareholders

The  integration  processes  have  again  demonstrated  the  Group’s 
historically  successful  track  record  of  dealing  with  acquisitions 
even in challenging commercial environments. The impact of Avian 
Influenza on the Humphrey acquisition had not been fully anticipated 
prior to completion, yet the operational plans implemented minimised 
the potential disruption and maintained customer service levels and 
the platform for recovery as the disease hopefully abates. Rejecting 
inappropriate  opportunities  evidences  the  Group’s  discerning 
acquisition criteria, and the Board’s clear decision priorities focused 
on earnings enhancement. 

Acquisitions expand the Group’s geographic presence and the successful integration of last year’s transactions have strengthened Company’s brand and reputation 
in the South West of England.

Assessment  and  approval  of  the  continuing  capacity 
investment  in  the  Carmarthen  feed  plant    -  The  long-term 
plan to improve the efficiency of, and increase the capacity at the 
Carmarthen  feed  mill  was  regularly  reviewed  with  the  significant 
Phase  One  investment  in  the  out-loading  facilities  confirmed, 
and  other  Phases  reviewed  for  alternative  approaches  in  light  of 
other  activity  decisions  and  business  developments  such  as  the 
acquisition of the feed blending activity, Tamar Milling Ltd.

Customers

Colleagues

Suppliers

Shareholders

The  opportunity  to  improve  our  operations  in  the  strategically 
important South Wales milk field was reiterated, and the first phase 
investment  of  some  £1.7m  was  committed  and  completed.  The 
new  out-loading  facility  was  completed  towards  the  end  of  the 
financial  year  and  fully  commissioned  in  November  2023.  Initial 
results  are  extremely  encouraging,  with  the  speed  of  vehicle 
loading significantly improved over the traditional process, resulting 
in  much  quicker  vehicle  turnaround  times  and  customer  service 
improvements. 

The  investment  in  this  strategically  important  asset  demonstrates  the  Group’s  commitment  to  customers  in  this  growing  dairy  area,  together  with  achieving 
improvements in cost efficiencies and customer service levels. 

Board Succession Planning  – With Philip Kirkham approaching 
ten years of non-executive service on the Board and Paul Roberts 
indicating  his  intention  to  retire,  the  Board  were  able  to  complete 
a  smooth  succession  plan  to  replace  one-third  of  their  strength. 
These transition requirements often bring disruption risks, so already 
having a clear process in hand was essential to minimise delay and 
resource distraction.  

All

Already  having  a  plan  in  place  for  the  involvement  of  trusted  and 
experienced advisors to assist with the recruitment of replacement 
directors clearly minimised the timetable and provided clarity to the 
process steps. The rapid agreement of effective handover protocols 
and  focused  induction  plans  facilitated  smooth  transitions  and 
enabled Steven Esom and Rob Thomas to hit the ground running in 
making an immediate positive contribution to the Board.  

The  continued  strengthening  and  refreshing  of  the  Group’s  Board  in  a  smooth  manner  supports  the  reputational  quality  of  the  business  in  the  minds  of  all 
stakeholder categories. 

Further examples of the Group’s engagement with Customers, Suppliers and Colleagues are referenced in the Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive’s Review and 
Finance Review sections of this Strategic Report.

This Strategic Report on pages 3-33 was approved by the Board of Directors on 29 January 2024 and signed on its behalf by Steve Ellwood and Rob Thomas.

33

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Steve Ellwood
Cadeirydd
29 January 2024

Rob Thomas
Group Finance Director
29 January 2024

ESG Framework

Environmental Strategy

Our Environment

“Our mission is to help the farmer to feed the UK in a more sustainable way”

INTERNAL OPERATIONS 
We have replaced six seven-year-old vehicles based at our Twyford mill 
with six new Scania vehicles, increasing our fuel efficiency from 6mpg 
to 9.5mpg. We have also taken delivery of two new Renault vehicles, 
with more expected in 2024. In addition to this we have replaced three 
older trailers with hydraulic blower trailers, which is saving an average 
of 0.3 litres per tonne in diesel compared to a conventional trailer with 
an independent engine.

We  are  continuing  to  increase  the  number  of  hybrid  vehicles  within 
our fleet with 36 hybrids now integrated, and we are now running our 
first full electric company car. We are continuing to trial electric vans, 
which, although they are not yet integrated into the business, we do 
still see merit in exploring this further with more plans to trial into 2024. 
Furthermore, we are expecting delivery of a gas-fuelled lorry in spring 
2024, which we will be trialling across our operations.

As  outlined  in  the  last  report,  we  have  been  investing  in  renewable 
energy generation at our sites. We have installed over 700kWp of solar 
PV (photovoltaics) panels on five of our sites with high electricity usage. 
Over the next 12 months, this investment is predicted to generate over 
550,000kWh of electricity (which is 3% of total electricity usage across 
the Group).

EXTERNAL 
We are continuing to develop our Group sustainability proposition, to 
build resilience into our own business and our customers’ businesses. 
In  spring  2024  we  will  be  working  closely  with  a  group  of  farms  to 
improve their productivity and reduce their farm carbon footprint. 

Wynnstay  is  committed  to  supporting  our  customers  to  tackle  the 
issue  of  waste  plastic  accumulating  on  farms.  We  have  recently 
committed our support to The Green Tractor Scheme. Green Tractor 
was founded in 2020 by four agricultural plastic recycling specialists 
who  all  shared  the  same  ambition  to  provide  a  standard  to  the  UK 
agricultural industry, and the ability to recycle all agricultural plastics by 
2030. They have identified some of the key areas of focus as being.

•  Education  surrounding  separation  and  presentation  of  waste  for 

the farmers, 

•  Collaborating with and enabling recyclers to be more efficient and 

effective,
•  Lobbying 

the  government 

to 

force  producers 

to 

remove 

unnecessary plastics from the supply chain.

Wynnstay will be utilising assets available from Green Tractor to educate 
and inform our customers as to the best practices for recycling and 
what facilities are available within their region. 

Due  to  the  significant  changes  in  agricultural  policy  and  funding 
since the UK’s exit from the EU, there has been increased interest in 
environmental stewardship options. We have seen a growing uptake of 
scheme agreements, SFI in England and ‘Growing for the Environment’ 
in  Wales  in  the  past  year.  This  has  led  to  an  80%  increase  in  our 
environmental  stewardship  mixture  sales.  With  additional  scheme 
options  expected  this  year,  we  would  expect  further  interest  in  this 
area throughout the season as our customers continue to implement 
the options available to them.

We have continued to support our customers with managing their farm 
manures and slurries through increased activity and focus on Nutrient 
Management Plans, which aim to maximise the use of farm nutrients 
alongside  providing  a  range  of  complementary  soil  conditioners  and 
synthetic fertilisers where required.

As  concern  grows  that  poultry  manure  is  associated  with  excessive 
phosphate  levels  in  rivers,  at  Wynnstay,  we  have  focused  on  how 
we  can  reduce  the  phosphorus  levels  in  our  layer’s  feeds  without 
compromising  bird  performance  and  health.  From  January  2023,  all 
Wynnstay  manufactured  layer  mashes  from  our  Llansantffraid  mill 
contained  triple  doses  of  phytase.  Optimising  the  level  of  phytase 
enzyme in our layer feeds (increased to a triple dose) has allowed us 
to  reduce  our  total  phosphorus  levels  and  requirement  for  inorganic 
sources,  such  as  monocalcium  phosphate  (MCP),  by  increasing  the 
phosphorus available to the birds from the existing feed ingredients. 
This  improves  diet  utilisation  and  results  in  an  average  reduction  of 
13.8% in phosphorus excretion per bird per year. 

Alongside  nine  project  partners,  Wynnstay  is  pleased  to  be  involved 
in the Innovate UK project ‘Dancing with Daffodils’, which focuses on 
cultivating  and  processing  daffodils.  Research  is  being  undertaken 
to  identify  the  potential  of  the  incorporation  of  a  compound  found 
in  daffodils  into  ruminant  diets  to  reduce  methane  emissions  and 
improve  protein  utilisation.  Daffodils  have  already  been  shown  to 
have properties to improve human health. Galantamine, a compound 
found  in  the  plant,  has  been  used  for  dementia  and  brain  health  in 
humans for several years. ‘Dancing with Daffodils’ is a project looking 
at  developing  a  UK-based  supply  chain  for  a  methane-reducing 
additive for ruminants which is found in daffodils. The four-year project 
started  on  1  June  2023.  However,  some  preliminary  lab  work  has 
been  undertaken  so  the  partners  know  the  daffodil  extract  can  be 
used to reduce methane production and improve protein utilisation in 
ruminants, the ongoing research is to now identify to what extent. 

The best outcome is to replicate the results that have been seen in the 
lab, which include:

•  A reduction in methane production.
•  The rumen working more efficiently, improving protein utilisation.

ADVISORY
Throughout 2023 we have been developing our sustainability approach 
with the support of selected industry experts. As part of this approach, 
we have formed two teams to reflect our dual sustainability approach 
of internal operations and external opportunities.

•  To  support  our  internal  operations,  we  have  set  up  a  Resource 
Efficiency Action (REA) Team. The role of the REA Team will focus 
on internal factors within the direct control of the business, carbon, 
water and waste. 

•  To develop external opportunities, we have formed a Sustainable 
Farming  Advisory  (SFA)  Team.  The  role  of  the  SFA  Team  is  to 
provide  wise  counsel  and  unbiased  strategic  advice  to  ensure 
Wynnstay delivers a sustainable farming future.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

34

 
TCFD Statement 

The Group recognise the significance of climate change and its financial materiality. That is why we are actively working to develop adaptation 
measures to increase resilience to climate change while at the same time enriching our business offering to answer farmers’ evolving needs. In 
parallel, we are on a continuous journey to reduce our impact on climate change and reach Net Zero by 2040.

We acknowledge that tackling climate change requires a long-term and embedded approach, so we are supportive of the aims and objectives 
of the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) and are working to align with the 
TCFD Recommendations. 

We have adopted the TCFD framework and recommendations, this provides a structured approach to embed climate into our decision-making 
and apply best practice on reporting and disclosures. We see this as an opportunity to build on our ongoing climate-related work, whilst taking 
the first steps on the roadmap of TCFD reporting. In doing so, we ensure that our stakeholders can better understand Wynnstay’s operational 
and  business  resilience  to  climate  change  as  well  as  how  we  are  increasingly  incorporating  the  management  of  climate-related  risks  and 
opportunities into our business.

ALIGNMENT STATUS

The following table provides a summary of our current alignment with TCFD recommendations.

TCFD pillar

Recommended disclosure

Current Status

Alignment

2023-2024 
Objectives

Governance

Board’s oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

Management’s role in assessing 
and managing climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

Strategy

Climate-related risks and 
opportunities identified over the 
short, medium, and long term.

Via the Audit Committee, the Board is 
overseeing the Group’s Risk Register, 
comprising climatic conditions. It is 
supported by advisory teams to do so.

Responsibilities are assigned within 
management to develop climate-related 
strategy, best risk management practices, 
as well as detailed metrics and targets.

The Group foresees shifts in market trends 
because of climate change and is planning 
further work to identify detailed climate-
related risks and opportunities, in 2024.

Impact of climate on the 
organization’s businesses, strategy, 
and financial planning.

As part of a comprehensive climate risk 
analysis in 2024, the Group will evaluate 
the materiality of climate risks and 
opportunities on its business.

Resilience of the strategy, taking 
into consideration different climate-
related scenarios.

Risk 
Management

Processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks.

Processes for managing climate-
related risks.

How such processed are 
integrated into overall risk 
management.

Metrics & 
Targets

Metrics used by the organization 
to assess climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse 
gas emissions.

Targets used by the organization to 
manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

In 2024, the Group will assess its resilience 
to climate-related physical and transition 
risks in different climate scenarios through 
scenario analysis. 

Group risk managers are supported by the 
Resource Efficiency Action team, and the 
Sustainable Farming Advisory team who 
monitor climate-related risks.

The Board sets up the Group overall 
strategy taking into account all risks within 
the Enterprise Risk Register.  Climate-
related risks are part of the Published 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties within the 
Enterprise Risk Register.

Current metrics are GHG emissions: 
Scope 1 and Scope 2. In 2024, the Group 
will establish other metrics and targets to 
track progress against climate risk and 
opportunity management. 

The Group Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting Statement 2022/23 
includes Scope 1, Scope 2, and part of 
scope 3 emissions.

Our main climate-related target is to be 
carbon neutral (Net Zero) by 2040. Other 
intermediary targets will be developed in 
2024 to manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

In Progress

Objective 1

In Progress

Objective 2

Planned

Objective 3

Planned

Objective 3

Planned

Objective 4

In Progress

Objective 6

In Progress

Objective 7

Objective 8

In Progress

Objective 9

Advanced

Objective 5

In Progress

Objective 10

35

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

 
TCFD Statement continued

CLIMATE ROADMAP OVERVIEW

Our  2024  Climate  Roadmap  is  centred  around  3  main  activities  that  will  enable  the  Group  to  continue  aligning  to  the  TCFD  disclosure 
recommendations. 

Activity

1 

Climate risk 
analysis

2 

Scenario 
planning and 
climate strategy

Detailed analysis of climate-related 
risks and opportunities:

3, 6, 7 and 8

✓  Materiality of climate risks on strategy & 

financial planning

2023-2024 Objectives

Outcome

•  Physical risks: factories, 

agricultural value chains, and 
customers.

•  Transition risks: upcoming 

regulations, market changes, 
and new technologies.

Development of climate 
scenarios to stress-test 
organizational resilience vs risks 
and opportunities & identify best 
strategic options.

4 and 6

✓  Updated climate risk assessment 

methodology

✓  Strengthened alignment of climate risks 

and opportunities with operational strategy, 
decision making and financial planning

✓  Appropriate targets & metrics to set strategy 

in motion

3

Net Zero 
Reduction 
Pathway

Continue to identify key reduction 
areas, hotspots, and areas of 
further focus to strengthen a clear 
forward-looking roadmap that 
communicates the reduction within 
Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

1, 2, 5, 9 and 10

✓  Transition Plan development for successful 

emissions reductions

✓  Intensity targets for Scope 1 and 2 

emissions

GOVERNANCE

Our current alignment

STRATEGY 

Our current alignment

The  Group  is  proactively  aligning  its  governance  system  with  TCFD 
recommendations. 

The Board retains overall responsibility for reviewing risk management 
responsibilities  have  been  assigned  within 
strategies.  Clear 
management  to  ensure  the  development  of  strong  climate-related 
strategy and risk management practices. Climate change is part of our 
risk register which is maintained and regularly reviewed and overseen 
by  the  executive  directors,  supported  by  the  wider  Executive  Team 
and the specialist knowledge available across the Group. 

The Board and its sub-committees are supported by external advisors 
as  required,  such  as  those  sitting  in  the  Resource  Efficiency  Action 
team, and the Sustainable Farming Advisory team. Furthermore, the 
Board  has  appointed  a  Sustainability  Director  within  the  Executive 
Team  to  lead  the  implementation  of  our  environmental  strategy, 
including our climate endeavours. 

Strategic  decisions  are  made  in  the  context  of  our  mission  to  help 
farmers  feed  the  UK  in  a  more  sustainable  way.  The  Sustainability 
Strategy  is  dual-focused  on  resource  efficiency  and  future-proofing 
profitability of Group activities. Further to this, our five-year commercial 
strategy is underpinned by ESG components, among which our 2040 
Net Zero goal.  Climate-related risks and opportunities are intrinsically 
linked with this dual focus and the ESG framework. 

Going  forward,  the  Group  will  not  only  identify  detailed  climate-
related  risks  and  opportunities,  but  also  assess  their  materiality  on 
the business model, strategic objectives, and financial planning. The 
Group  will  also  assess  its  resilience  to  climate-related  physical  and 
transition risks through scenario analysis.

2023-2024 OBJECTIVES

2023-2024 OBJECTIVES

Objective 3

Objective 1

In  the  coming  year,  climate  risks  and  opportunities  will  be  formally 
included in roles within the Group Board, the Executive Committee, as 
well as in our Advisory Teams. We will align these different committees 
behind  processes  and  frameworks,  enabling  them  to  rigorously 
monitor and manage climate risks and opportunities.

Objective 2

A governance body for timely climate risk discussions will officially be 
empowered  to  lead  our  climate-related  efforts.  This  committee  will 
serve to implement and track progress in the process of embedding 
climate risks and opportunities management in the Group. 

We  will  carry  out  a  detailed  assessment  of  climate  risks  and 
opportunities  in  the  short,  medium,  and  long  term.  We  will  analyse 
risks  and  opportunities  to  which  the  Group  is  directly  exposed  via 
its  operations  and  production  facilities,  or  indirectly  via  its  upstream 
and  downstream  value  chains.  We  will  determine  the  materiality  of 
climate risks and opportunities, which will enable us to prioritize risks 
to mitigate and opportunities to grasp.

Objective 4

Subsequently,  we  will  develop  multiple  scenarios  -  including  a 
2°C  or  lower  average  global  warming  scenario  -  to  stress-test  our 
organisational  resilience  in  the  face  of  multiple  climate  risks  and 
opportunities. This will serve to set detailed climate-related ambitions 
and identify the best strategic climate options to be embedded into our 
next 5-year strategy plan. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

36

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

 
TCFD Statement continued

Objective 5

Finally, and in parallel, we will enhance our calculation of scope 1, 2 and 
3 emissions, following a value chain mapping exercise, and continue 
to  progress  on  our  current  decarbonization  path.  We  will  keep  on 
identifying  key  reduction  areas,  hotspots,  and  areas  of  further  focus 
to establish a clear forward-looking transition plan that communicates 
the reduction within Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. 

RISK MANAGEMENT

Our current alignment

The  Group  has  started  to  analyse  change  in  weather  patterns  as  a 
first climate-related risk and is on its way to add multiple other climate 
related  risks  to  be  assessed  and  managed.    Climatic  conditions  are 
currently part of the Published Principal Risks and Uncertainties within 
the Enterprise Risk Register, set up and managed by risk executives. 

The Enterprise Risk Register is currently reviewed twice a year, and a 
new process is being shaped to increase the frequency of its revision 
by the Board and allocate more specific individual responsibility.

In  parallel,  the  Group  continues  to  invest  internally  in  low-carbon 
technologies  and  efficiencies  (as  described  on  page  34)  to  align  its 
internal  operations  with  its  objective  of  carbon  neutrality  by  2040.  
Externally, the Group continues to develop its panel of products so that 
farmers  in  the  UK  can  farm  more  sustainably,  reducing  their  carbon 
emissions (as described on page 34).

2023-2024 OBJECTIVES

Objective 6

Our goal is first to create a robust risk assessment matrix for climate-
related risks to build on the current climate items on our risk register. 

Objective 7

We will evolve our risk assessment methodology to be more science-
based  and  will  further  develop  how  we  identify  and  monitor  climate 
risk within the Enterprise Risk Register. Our methodology will include 
metrics  to  continuously  monitor  internal  and  external  climate-related 
risks  and  opportunities.  Our  climate  risk  mitigation  plans  will  be 
reviewed  and  updated  regularly  to  ensure  regulatory  compliance 
and  competitiveness,  as  part  of  our  Enterprise  Risk  Management 
approach. 

Objective 8

Finally,  we  will  strengthen  and  detail  the  link  between  organizational 
strategy  and  risk  management  with  climate  risks  &  opportunities. 
Climate risks and opportunities will be embedded into core company 
processes  such  as  strategy,  business  planning,  enterprise  risk 
management, and our acquisition thesis.

METRICS AND TARGETS

Our current alignment 

Metrics and Targets will support our commitment to measure, monitor, 
and report on the progress we make towards mitigating climate-related 
risks  and  capitalizing  on  green  opportunities.  By  employing  a  set  of 
carefully selected metrics, we will strive to provide a transparent view 
of our climate impact and the effectiveness of our strategic responses. 
In our journey to reach Net Zero by 2040 we currently measure and 
report on our energy and carbon data across the whole Group, giving 
comprehensive data to authenticate the environmental impact of the 
Company. Our SECR statement includes all emission sources required 
under  the  2019  regulations  for  the  financial  year  ended  31  October 
2023. As this is the fourth year of reporting, we shall be comparing this 
year to the previous 2021/22 year, however the benchmark 2019/20 
year is shown in the table below. 

Wynnstay  Group  used  13,881  (2022:  12,832)  carbon  dioxide 
equivalent tonnes (tCO2e) of energy during the year. 30% (2022: 32%) 
of  energy  was  used  in  producing  compound  and  blended  feeds  in 
our  production  plants,  which  saw  the  addition  of  Tamar  Milling  Ltd.  
A  further  61%  (2022:  58%)  was  used  by  our  fleet  of  vehicles,  this 
percentage  increase  being  driven  by  an  absolute  rise  in  the  litres  of 
Derv  used.  Both  production  and  transport  efficiency  are  key  to  our 
energy  savings  plans,  as  we  continue  to  seek  efficiencies  in  factory 
throughput and miles achieved per litre for road fuel respectively.

The  carbon  intensity  ratio  we  have  chosen  is  the  best  reflection  of 
our total activity across all our operations based on the total tonnage 
traded  of  agricultural  inputs  and  grain.  Our  carbon  intensity  ratio  for 
the  year  ended  31  October  2023  was  7.37tCO2e  (2022:  7.24)  per 
1,000 tonnes of agricultural inputs and grain traded. For future periods 
we shall set reduction targets for our carbon emissions to enable us 
to  begin  the  measurement  of  energy  efficiency  along  with  financial 
performance.

In order to calculate the carbon emissions, we have used the emission 
factors  from  the  UK  Government’s  GHG  Conversion  Factors  for 
Company  Reporting  2023.  One  of  the  requirements  of  the  SECR 
regulations  is  to  report  our  total  UK  energy  use  in  kilowatt  hours 
(kWh); for this we have used the 2023 conversion factors. The Scope 
1 and 2 emissions reported are for all operational facilities under our 
control  and  for  which  we  have  direct  management  responsibility. 
Current  scope  3  emissions  are  emissions  from  the  transportation  of 
employees between their homes and their worksites (category 7 of the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol).

2023-2024 OBJECTIVES

Objective 9

In  2024,  the  Group  will  establish  other  metrics  and  targets  to  track 
progress against climate risk and opportunity management.

Objective 10

Our main climate-related target is to be carbon neutral (Net Zero) by 
2040. Other intermediary targets will be developed in 2024 to manage 
climate-related risks and opportunities.

37

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023SECR Statement

STREAMLINE ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING

Carbon emissions (tCO2e)

Scope 1 Emissions

Scope 2 Emissions

Scope 3 Emissions

Total Emissions

Current

2022/23

10,567

3,282

32

13,881

Previous 

2021/22

9,682

3,127

23

12,832

Benchmark

2019/20

9,086

3,582

42

12,710

Traded tonnage of agricultural inputs and grain

1,882,745

1,772,821

1,560,895

Carbon intensity ratio (tCO2e/1000t traded)

7.37

7.24

8.14

Total UK energy usage  (kWh)

60,522,547

57,910,122

53,320,243

2023-2024 OBJECTIVES

For the next 12 months, continuing with our decarbonisation endeavours, we commit to establish Scope 1 & 2 emissions reduction targets, 
aligned with GHG Protocol methodology.

In addition, we will work to establish other relevant metrics to track progress against climate risk mitigation or opportunity management; and 
to set our climate strategy in motion. These additional metrics will permit to monitor several variables related to TCFD risk and opportunities 
categories: 

Risks

Physical

Policy and Legal 

Technology

Market

Reputation

Opportunities

Resource efficiency

Energy Source

Products and Services

Markets

Resilience

These metrics will provide a solid foundation for setting clear, actionable targets. These targets will not only guide our sustainable operations 
and  investment  decisions,  but  also  help  gauge  our  resilience  to  climate-related  risks.  Monitoring  our  progress  through  these  metrics  will 
ensure continuous improvement and will reinforce our commitment to climate mitigation and adaptation, providing greater transparency for all 
stakeholders.

38

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcSocial

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
Our  Colleague  Forum  is  a  group  of  individuals  from  across  the 
business who meet to operate as a mechanism to seek input into the 
Group’s strategic decision-making process, encourage involvement in 
business  performance  and  increase  awareness  of  the  financial  and 
economic  factors  affecting  the  Group.  The  Forum  met  once  during 
the year, including presentations from three different senior colleagues. 
Topics covered included the acquisition and integration of Humphreys 
Feed & Pullets, our marketing strategy and an overview of the annual 
pay review decision-making process.

Our  Colleague  Ideas  Hub  is  a  route  for  individuals  from  across  the 
Group to submit ideas and suggestions for ways in which to improve 
all  aspects  of  our  business.  Individuals  are  recognised  for  their  own 
ideas  and  rewarded  for  suggestions  which  are  progressed  and 
implemented.  We  were  pleased  to  have  received  6  suggestions 
which have been considered by Senior Management during the year. 
During the year, we also held a Colleague Ideas Week, which actively 
encouraged  colleagues  to  propose  new  ideas  to  improve  business 
productivity.  During  that  week  we  received  a  total  of  74  ideas  from 
across the business. 

In  2023,  a  series  of  engaging  Colleague  Roadshows  were  held 
throughout our trading area. During these events, the Executive Team 
not only shared a comprehensive update on our business strategy but 
also  actively  sought  the  valuable  perspectives  of  our  colleagues  on 
enhancing various facets of our operations. The Roadshow generated 
a plethora of innovative suggestions and ideas aimed at refining our 
business.  Many  of  these  recommendations  are  now  being  actively 
implemented, and we are already witnessing the positive impact they 
bring to our organisation.

Our  Wynnstay  Connect  platform  engages  colleagues  with  company 
strategy,  initiatives,  and  developments,  along  with  enabling  efficient 
interactive  communications  across  the  Group.  The  platform  also 
provides  easy  access  links  to  career  and  development  and  benefits 
hubs, including pension and Save as You Earn Share scheme portals. 
Our Save as You Earn offering is popular with a mixture of colleagues 
across  sites  and  salary  levels  and  the  directors  wish  to  continue  to 
encourage colleague participation.

PEOPLE  MANAGEMENT  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
FRAMEWORK
Our  bespoke  People  Management  and  Development  Framework 
works to preserve our 1st Choice Employer brand while providing a 
set  of  principles  and  guiding  policies  and  processes  to  support  the 
management  and  progression  of  colleagues  across  the  Group.  The 
core  focus  of  the  framework  is  to  support  the  attraction,  retention 
and  development  of  our  people,  providing  management  teams  with 
the  comprehensive  tools  they  need  for  the  career  management  and 
development of individuals and their teams.

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES
Wynnstay  is  proud  to  be  an  inclusive  equal  opportunities  employer 
within its geographical communities and promotes diversity at all levels 
of  the  business.  Wynnstay  aims  to  provide  a  working  environment 
that respects the rights of each individual and where colleagues treat 
each  other  with  respect.  Any  behaviour  that  undermines  this  aim  is 
unacceptable.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Our  business  is  built  on  the  foundation  of  offering  customers  the 
highest  standards  of  customer  service  and  specialist  advice.  A  key 
part  of  delivering  this  service  is  the  training  and  development  of  our 
people,  which  not  only  ensures  a  high  service  level  but  also  offers 
career  progression  for  our  colleagues.  We  offer  a  range  of  training 
courses  and  professional  qualifications  across  our  business  which 
include:

39

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

•  Management and Leadership- 20Twenty Business Growth 

•  Sales and Personal Development - Wynnstay Sales Academy

•  Specialist  Expertise  -  BASIS  (Pesticides  and  Fertiliser),  FACTS 
(Fertiliser),  AMTRA  (Animal  Health),  Wynnsan  Training  Academy 
(Dairy hygiene), Cow Signals (Livestock health and welfare)

•  People  Management  and  Development  -  Chartered  Institute  of 

Professional Development

•  Marketing Management - Chartered Institute of Marketing

•  Finance - Chartered Institute of Management Accountants

•  Health and Safety - Institution of Occupational Safety and Health

HEALTH, SAFETY & WELFARE
The health, safety and welfare of our colleagues, customers, suppliers 
and the wider communities in which we operate are an absolute priority 
for  Wynnstay.  A  focus  on  health  and  safety  is  built  into  the  Group’s 
whole approach to managing risks in all aspects of its business.

As a Group we are continually taking action to strengthen the safety 
culture  throughout  our  business.  We  have  continued  to  embed  a 
culture of mutual responsibility for health and safety matters, extending 
training to colleagues and made improvements to existing protocols. 
In addition, we have appointed a senior executive to the role of Group 
Health and Safety Manager, who will report directly to the CEO.

Our aims:

1. To continually build on and strengthen a ‘Culture of Safety’

2. To ensure that the organisation continually improves.

3. To  ensure  health  and  safety  performance  is  measured  and 

monitored.

4. To maintain a skilled and competent workforce.

40

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group PlcSocial continued

INDUSTRY INITIATIVES
Throughout  the  year,  we  championed  various  industry  initiatives, 
proudly sponsoring events like the NFU Cymru Wynnstay Sustainable 
Agriculture  Award,  Harper  Adams  University  Beef  Award,  NFU 
Cymru  Poultry  Conference  and  The  Cream  Awards.  Additionally,  we 
actively  endorsed  crucial  industry  campaigns  such  as  Farm24.  Our 
dedicated involvement in these endeavours not only underscores our 
commitment to the agricultural sector but also serves as a vital means 
to connect with the next generation—fostering relationships with future 
customers and potential colleagues.

Some of the industry initiatives and campaigns we have supported

NFU Cymru Wynnstay Sustainable Agriculture Award

NFU Cymru Sustainable Farming Conference

Dairy Vitality Award at The British Dairying Cream Awards

Harper Adams University Beef Award

NFU Cymru Poultry Conference

BFREPA Young Person Initiative 

YFC Wales

Farm24

41

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Social continued

COMMUNITY IMPACT
Our commitment to making a positive impact in the communities we 
serve is important within our business. Throughout the year, we lent 
our support to over 240 individual events or causes, ranging from local 
agricultural  shows  to  charitable  initiatives,  community  groups,  and 
educational settings. In the spirit of giving back, we directly contributed 
£1,780 to charitable causes and £26,383 to initiatives within both the 
agricultural  and  local  communities.  Our  colleague  fundraising  during 
the year raised £4,666, which was split across two charities, Children 
with  Cancer  UK  and  The  Royal  Agricultural  Benevolent  Institution 
(R.A.B.I).

ENGAGING WITH OUR CUSTOMERS
As  part  of  our  customer  engagement  strategy,  we  held  our  annual 
Arable  Event,  which  is  now  in  its  9th  year—inviting  customers  to 
explore  trial  plots,  browse  trade  stands,  watch  demonstrations,  and 
listen  to  insights  from  keynote  speakers  in  the  agricultural  industry. 
Complementing  these  flagship  events  are  various  localised  depot 
events,  on-farm  workshops,  and  customer  meetings,  collectively 
providing  numerous  opportunities 
for  ongoing  and  meaningful 
engagement with our valued customers.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

42

 
Values

Wynnstay helps livestock and arable farmers to produce 
food in a more sustainable, environmentally friendly and 
profitable way. We provide our customers with quality 
products, specialist advice and an efficient service that is 
industry leading.

THRIVE

43

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Values

TEAMWORK
Together we are more effective
We  can  be  more  effective  as  a  business  through  collaboration  and  teamwork.  This 
means  communicating  our  goals  well  and  listening  to  the  ideas  and  concerns  of  all 
members of the team.

HONESTY, COMMITMENT & QUALITY
We aim high 
By aiming high, we will succeed in creating a stronger, better business. It applies in all 
sorts of ways, including the quality of our products, the service we offer, the efficiency 
of  our  processes,  and  in  the  advice  we  provide.  Ultimately,  if  we  are  a  step  ahead, 
customers will be assured of quality products, expert advice and good value.

RESPECT
Respect and fairness are essential
We  believe  that  relationships  flourish  where  there  is  mutual  respect,  and  that  people 
should be treated fairly and equitably. This is most relevant in the work place but it also 
cuts  across  all  professional  relationships,  including  with  partners,  suppliers  and 
customers.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

INNOVATION
Innovation is the future

Farming is changing and we want to provide farmers with access to the innovation that 
is  driving  sustainable  and  more  effective  farming  practices.  To  that  end  we  are 
constantly looking across the market for new products and approaches that will allow 
us to provide farmers with the tools they need to maximise their potential. We apply the 
same spirit to our business to ensure continuing development and improvement.

VALUE CREATION 
A better tomorrow
Our objective is to generate value for shareholders and for society, as well as for our 
customers and people. We endeavour to run the business in such a way that we offer 
participation  in  a  business  model  with  an  attractive  long-term  financial  profile,  which 
also contributes to society.

ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY
A more sustainable world

We  consider  our  environmental  impact  when  making  business  decisions.  We  are 
dedicated to making our supply chain more sustainable, and are working hard towards 
contributing to a more sustainable world.

4444

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Corporate Governance Statement

For the year ended 31 October 2023

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Statement for the year ending 31 October 2023.

The Board places the highest priority on delivering long-term shareholder value, and as stewards of this responsibility, we believe it is critical 
to maintain a governance strategy appropriate to the activities and scale of our business, based on honesty, integrity, and transparency. This 
Statement provides details of the framework and practices the Board apply to satisfy these responsibilities. In accordance with AIM Rule 26, 
the Board confirms that they apply the QCA Corporate Governance Code for Small and Mid-size Quoted Companies revised in April 2018 (“the 
Code”) to the Group. I am pleased to report that the Board believe the Group have remained in compliance with the principles of the Code 
throughout the year, and I would like to explain how this was achieved.  Where relevant information is contained elsewhere in this document, 
references are given, and the Board notes the QCA’s intention to update the Code in the near future.

The Code contains ten principles which are:

DELIVER GROWTH

Principle 1

Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders

Principle 2

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

Principle 3

Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success

Principle 4

Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

Principle 5

Maintain the board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the chair

Principle 6

Ensure that between them the directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

Principle 7

Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement

Principle 8

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

Principle 9

Maintain governance structures and processes that are ft for purpose and support good decision-making by the board

BUILD TRUST

Principle 10

Communicate how the company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders

DELIVER GROWTH
Principle 1: Long-term value creation is at the heart of our business; our goal is to help our predominantly farmer customers feed the country in 
a more sustainable way. The Board updated its long-term strategy in 2020 with five key growth pillars, which are laid out in the Strategic Report 
on page 11, and which support the development of the Group’s balanced business model, an overview of which is given on page 12. Key 
developments in the business during the year are explained in the Chief Executive Review on page 19, and the Board’s major decisions during 
the year are highlighted within our S172 statement on page 32.

Principle 2: The Board appreciates that the diverse shareholder base of the Group may have differing objectives for their investment in the 
business, and therefore the importance of ensuring that non-executive directors (“NEDs”) in particular, have an up to date understanding of these 
perspectives is well recognised.
Directors proactively engage with both institutional and private investors when appropriate and will seek out opinions on unusual or potentially 
controversial matters before adopting policy changes or tabling shareholder resolutions. The Board will always review written feedback reports 
from investors following financial results “roadshows” and will also always consider information received from institutional voter advisory firms. 
Until his retirement in May 2023, Philip Kirkham was the nominated independent NED who made himself available to shareholders who may 
require independent Board contact, with this role being assumed by Steven Esom from that date.  
Details on how the Board have taken the views of all stakeholders into consideration when making significant decisions in the year are contained 
within the S172 statement on page 32. 

45

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Corporate Governance Statement continued

KEY SHAREHOLDER MILESTONES DURING THE YEAR

•  Pre-Close Trading Update and announcement of Tamar acquisition provided to the Market. 

•  Notice of announcement of Final Results and presentation available for shareholders and potential investors.

•  Announcement of Preliminary Final Results for 2022 together with details of the Final dividend for the period noting 

this was the 19th consecutive year of dividend growth since listing on AIM.

•  Results roadshow by CEO & FD to existing and potential shareholders.

•  Live Results webinar with Q&A session.

•  Annual General Meeting attended by 38 shareholders in person.

•  Payment of Final Dividend and allotment and notification of appropriate Scrip Dividend shares.

•  Announcement of Board appointment of Steven Esom.

•  Announcement of Interim Final Results for 2023 together with details of the Interim dividend for the period.

•  Announcement of the planned retirement of the FD.

•  Announcement of relevant trading initiatives including sustainable farming awards and methane inhibition research.

•  Announcement of Board appointment of Rob Thomas as new Group Finance Director.   

•  Payment of Interim Dividend and allotment and notification of appropriate Scrip Dividend shares.

November 
2022

January 

2023

February 
2023

March

2023

April 

2023

July 

2023

September 

2023

October 

2023

Principle 3: We create value by operating in a sustainable way, to help livestock and arable farmers grow food that is profitable, sustainable 
and environmentally friendly. The Directors recognise the importance of managing the business in a responsible, fair and ethical manner, and 
strive  to  engender  such  values  in  every  aspect  of  the  Group’s  operations.  More  detail  on  how  the  Group  engages  with  sustainable  farming 
practices  is  contained  in  the  ESG  section  of  the  Strategic  Report.  During  the  year,  the  commitment  to  the  Environmental  and  Sustainability 
elements of strategy was strengthened through the appointment of a Group Sustainability, Innovation and Food Supply Director, with Andrew 
Evans appointed to lead the important initiatives already commenced in these critical areas, including a substantial renewable energy investment 
program and the development of the customer focused Farm Resilience Program. The Sustainable Farming Advisory (“SFA”) team was further 
developed and customer feedback sought via both sales colleagues, senior management, and targeted market research. We regularly review 
customer sales-related metrics using our CRM tool. Please also refer to our TCFD Report on page 35.
Continually improving communication between directors and colleagues is important and a number of mechanisms are used across the Group 
including, results Roadshows led by the Executive Team, newsletters, Colleague Forums, Health & Safety Committees, and opportunities for all 
Colleagues to put questions directly to the Chief Executive, who operates an “open door” policy.

Principle 4: The Board’s risk appetite is explained within the Principal Risks and Uncertainties Report on page 29 which also includes an analysis 
of  significant  risks  and  mitigations.  The  Board  retains  ultimate  responsibility  for  determining  our  risk  appetite  and  overseeing  management 
strategies, with the support of the Audit Committee which discusses internal controls and risk management. The Committee would then make 
any appropriate control improvement recommendations to the Board for implementation. The Group does not currently have a formal internal 
audit function and at present the Board believes that existing management resource is sufficient to adequately control the Group in its current 
size, however this matter continues to be actively reviewed, and with the appointment of the new Group Finance Director, the resource plan will 
be refreshed.
The key procedures within the control structure include:
• A comprehensive risk register is maintained and regularly reviewed by the Board,

• Managers at all levels in the Group have clear lines of reporting responsibility within a clearly defined organisational structure;

• Comprehensive financial reporting procedures exist, with budgets covering profits, cash flows and capital expenditure being prepared and 
adopted by the Board annually. Actual results are reported monthly to the Board and results compared with budgets and last year’s actual. 
Revised forecasts are prepared as appropriate; and

• There is a structured process for appraising and authorising capital projects with clearly defined authorisation levels.

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
Principle 5: The Board composition is shown on the next page. Continuity is an important element in the effective functionality of the Board, but 
equally succession planning is critical to the business to ensure smooth transition of Board composition changes to uphold the independence 
requirements of the Code. I was appointed Chairman in 2021 having had five years’ experience with the business, and the Board has successfully 
navigated two important succession issues during the year. Following a comprehensive search process Steven Esom was appointed as a non-
executive in April in anticipation of the pending retirement of Philip Kirkham who had served for ten years. Following Paul Roberts’ announcement 
of  his  intention  to  retire  as  Group  Finance  Director,  a  successful  recruitment  process  culminated  with  the  announcement  in  August  of  the 
appointment of Rob Thomas as Group Finance Director from January 2024 when Paul also stepped down from the Board. 
The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive on the Board are separate, and the Chairman is elected by the whole Board on an annual basis. All 
Directors retire by rotation on a two or three-year cycle and, where eligible, are able to offer themselves for re-election at the appropriate AGM. 
All Board members are able to take independent professional advice on matters associated with the Company at the Company’s expense. I 
am happy to confirm that all the non-executive directors are considered to be suitably independent and the Board is satisfied that it has an 
appropriate mix of capabilities, skills and personal qualities and is not dominated by one person or group of people.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

46

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

Principle 6: Biographical details of the Directors and their skills are included on pages 53 to 54. The executive directors all have considerable 
experience in the agricultural supply industry, providing a significant degree of management continuity. The non-executives bring a range of business 
and commercial expertise to the Board, including direct agriculture and specialist merchanting experience. Catherine Bradshaw is Audit Committee 
Chair  and  has  considerable  and  relevant  financial  oversight  and  reporting  experience  in  her  executive  role  as  Director  of  Group  Reporting  and 
Control at Cranswick plc. The Board is satisfied that it has an appropriate balance of sector, financial and public markets skills and experience and 
is not dominated by any one person or group of people.

Details of membership and key 
skills are on pages 53-54

ent Stakehold e r
agement

g
n
E

d
n
e
p
e
d
n
I

Senior
Independent
NED

O
p

e

r

a

t

i

n

g

Chief
Executive

P

e

r
f

o

r

m

a

n

c

e

B o a r d Leadership

Chairman
Independent
NED

The Board is 
The Board is 
an effective, 
an effective, 
balanced 
balanced team, 
team, led by 
led by the 
the Chair
Chairman

Independent
NED

Independent
NED

Group 
Finance
Director

C

o

m

pany Secretary facilitate s   g o o d   g

n c e

a

e r n

v

o

a) Remuneration
    Committee

b) Audit & Risk
    Committee

c) Nominations
 Committee

A formal schedule of matters requiring Board approval is maintained and regularly reviewed and covers items such as Group strategy, approval 
of budgets and financial results, dividend policy, major capital expenditure, corporate governance and Board appointments and comprehensive 
briefing papers are circulated prior to each meeting. The Board usually meets once per month with additional meetings when necessary, and 
details of additional Board Committee meetings are described under Principle 9 below. The Board and its sub-committees are supported by 
external advisors as required, who will also offer guidance in ensuring Directors maintain an adequate skill set to satisfactorily carry out their 
duties. All Board members are able to call on the Company Secretary to arrange any required training, briefings or practical experience necessary 
to improve their understanding of the business and its operating environment and their obligations as directors. During the year, our Company 
Secretary,  Claire  Williams,  returned  to  work  after  recuperating  from  a  serious  car  accident.  A  table  of  meetings  and  attendances  during  the 
financial year is given below:

Board
Main

Board
Additional

Audit Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations
Committee

12

12

7

12

12

7

12

12

7

7

5

5

6

2

7

7

4

n/a

2

2

4

2

n/a

n/a

7

7

5

7

7

3

n/a

n/a

3

3

2

n/a

n/a

1

3

n/a

Number of Meetings

Steve Ellwood

Philip Kirkham

Howell Richards

Catherine Bradshaw

Steven Esom

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

47

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

Principle 7: As Chairman I am responsible for the periodic performance reviews of the Board, its sub-committees and non-executive directors. 
Stakeholder feedback is sought and acted upon where necessary and myself and our Senior Non-Executive, Steven Esom, routinely make ourselves 
available to meet shareholders. An appraisal of the performance of the Board and each Executive Director has been undertaken at the year-end in 
the form of confidential questionnaires and individual interviews with each Director conducted by the Chairman. The process reviewed elements in 
five broad categories which were:
•  Clarity of Company roles and responsibilities.
•  Accountability and transparency.
•  Personal skills, strengths and teamwork abilities.
•  Stakeholder engagement.
•  Board structure and processes.
The  assessed  conclusions  of  the  review  were  of  adequate  results  in  each  category  with  the  improvements  noted  in  the  previous  year  being 
maintained. During these discussions, any concerns over technical knowledge or sector understanding necessary to fulfil their role as a director of 
the Company were considered with additional support arranged as necessary. Continuing professional development support was provided to the 
Board during the year by specialist presentations from expert agricultural sector operators.   
Additionally, the Company Secretary performed a review of research published on how effective boards act with reference to a number of large listed 
companies. These findings were discussed with the Chairman, the Committee Chairs and the Executive Directors and an implementation plan was 
agreed which spans into the next financial year. 
The Board approves annual objectives for the Executive Directors and measures performance against these objectives when deciding whether to 
award performance-related bonuses, details of which are reported in the Director’s Remuneration Report.

Principle 8: The Group promotes its Wynnstay THRIVE corporate values culture which is described on page 43-44. Wynnstay THRIVE involves 
collaboration throughout the companies within our Group structure and with colleagues at all levels. The Board supports THRIVE as it facilitates our 
corporate culture which is based on ethical values and behaviours. The Group also has a number of policies and procedures designed to safeguard 
our ethical values, including Whistleblowing, Equal Opportunities, Training and continuing professional development and, where possible, colleague 
internal promotions. The Board receives regular feedback on these concepts through the Colleagues Forum, Annual Employee Roadshows and 
other  senior  executive  interactions  with  the  wider  Company.  The  Board  have  appointed  senior  executives  into  management  roles  to  lead  the 
implementation of our environmental strategy and further details of initiatives from this plan is provided in our ESG Framework report on page 34. 

Principle 9: The Board is supported by Shore Capital and Corporate Limited who act as Nominated Advisor and are consulted on matters when 
appropriate so that the Board can take their advice into account on relevant decision-making requirements. Close relationships are maintained 
with the Group’s corporate law advisors, DWF Law LLP.
The Board is responsible for the development and oversight of strategy, with implementation of that strategy and day-to-day management of the 
business delegated to the Executive Directors and Executive Team. Each trading entity has its own divisional executive board, on which the two 
Executive Directors sit, and this structure ensures timely and effective decision making is made and implemented and that there is a direct link 
back to the Group Board. Senior Management from across the Group are routinely invited to attend Board meetings for relevant discussions.
The Board is supported by three sub-committees, the membership of which is shown on pages 53 to 54.
•  Audit 
The committee meets to provide oversight of the financial reporting process, the external audit process including maintaining auditor objectivity 
and  independence  in  relation  to  non-audit  services,  the  Group’s  system  of  internal  controls,  compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  and  risk 
management. 
•  Remuneration
The committee meets to consider remuneration policy for executive directors and senior managers and the supervision of employee benefit 
structures throughout the Group. 
•  Nominations
Meets as required to consider senior appointments. 
The Board is satisfied that the Group’s governance structures and processes are appropriate to its size, complexity and appetite and tolerance 
to risk and keeps these structures under review as the Group develops over time. The Board regularly monitors developments in Corporate 
Governance regulations and processes and will regularly review the continuing suitability of the QCA code.

BUILD TRUST
Principle  10:  Details  of  the  Group’s  financial  performance  and  position  are  provided  throughout  the  annual  report,  and  details  on  how  key 
judgements made during the year and their impact on stakeholders are explained on page 33. Considering the volatile trading circumstances 
confronted by the business, the Board are satisfied with the financial performance of the Group during the year. Our results demonstrate the 
resilience of our focused “farmer first” balanced business model upon which the Group’s long-term strategy is built. The Directors are confident 
and have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue trading for the foreseeable future and continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in the preparation of the Financial Statements. These results will be communicated through all the usual channels and 
the arrangements for maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders are described under Principles 2 and 3 above. 
The Directors Remuneration report is presented on page 59-65, and the Audit Committee report has been prepared on page 49-51. Following a 
commercial assessment of our relationship with RSM UK Audit LLP, the Board appointed new auditors for the year under review, with Crowe UK 
LLP assuming the role from July 2023, which is in accordance with the Group’s view that periodic rotation of auditors is a matter of confidence 
for stakeholders in the business.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Steve Ellwood 
Chairman 
29 January 2024

48

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Audit Committee Report

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year ended 31 October 2023, on behalf of the Board.

Purpose and Aim
The Audit Committee provides effective oversight and governance over the financial integrity of the Group’s financial reporting to ensure that 
the interests of the Group’s shareholders are protected at all times. It assesses the quality of the external audit processes and ensures that the 
risks which our businesses face are being effectively managed. The purpose of the Committee is to make recommendations on the reporting, 
control, risk management and compliance aspects of the Directors’ and Group’s responsibilities, providing independent monitoring, guidance, 
and challenge to executive management in these areas.

The  Committee’s  aim  is  to  ensure  high  standards  of  corporate  and  regulatory  reporting  are  maintained  together  with,  an  appropriate  and 
proportionate  control  environment,  a  robust  risk  management  framework  and  effective  compliance  monitoring  is  in  place.  The  Committee 
believes that such standards enhance the effectiveness of the Group’s business and reduces the risks it faces. 

Key Responsibilities

•  The accounting principles, practices and policies applied in the Group’s Financial Statements.

•  The adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control environment.

•  The effectiveness of whistleblowing procedures.

•  The effectiveness of the Group’s finance function.

•  The appointment, independence, effectiveness, and remuneration of the Group’s external auditor, including the policy on non-audit services.

•  The supervision of any tender process for the Group’s external auditor.

•  External financial reporting and associated announcements.

•  The Group’s risk management processes and performance.

•  The Group’s compliance with the audit-related provisions of the appropriate Governance Code.

.
Audit Committee Membership
The composition of the Audit Committee meets the requirements of the appropriate Governance Code, but in line with good practice, membership 
is reviewed annually. 

Following the retirement of Philip Kirkham from the Board in May 2023, Steven Esom was appointed to the Committee. 

The Board considers that each member of the Committee was throughout the year, and remains, independent within the terms of the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code for Small and Mid-size companies. The knowledge and experience of the Committee members’ means that the 
Committee  as  a  whole  is  competent  in  the  sector  in  which  the  Company  operates.  The  Company  Secretary  also  attends  each  Committee 
meeting, and when appropriate, the Group Finance Director is invited to attend the Committee’s meetings.

During the year to 31 October 2023, the Committee comprised of:

Chair of the Committee

Members

Catherine Bradshaw

Philip Kirkham
Howell Richards
Steven Esom

Retired on 24 May 2023     

Appointed on 18 April 2023

The Committee operates under terms of reference which are reviewed annually by the Committee and changes are recommended to the Board 
for approval. The Committee has in its terms of reference the power to engage outside advisors and to obtain its own independent external 
advice at the Company’s expense should it be deemed necessary. The Chair of the Committee reports to the next subsequent meeting of the 
Board on any key issues, identifying any matters on which it considers that action or improvement is needed and makes recommendations on 
the steps to be taken. 

Key Areas of Focus During 2023
The  Committee  monitored  the  Group’s  financial  performance  through  a  period  of  intense  volatility  in  commodity  prices,  particularly  fertiliser 
raw materials, giving particular attention to the accurate valuation of such inventories in the Group’s financial statements, ensuring appropriate 
accounting policies were applied at all times. With the announcement during the year of the retirement of the incumbent Group Finance Director, 
the  Committee  conducted  a  review  of  the  finance  department  resources  and  skill  levels  and  have  overseen  the  strengthening  of  resources 
including the recruitment of a suitable replacement, with Rob Thomas joining the Group in October 2023.

External Audit 
The Committee is responsible for approving the appointment and remuneration of the Group’s external auditors, including satisfying itself of their 
independence and of the satisfactory commercial terms of the relationship.

Following the completion of the 2022 external audit, the Committee reported to the Board that it was satisfied with the quality and robustness 
of the work carried out by RSM UK Audit LLP and recommended their reappointment at the forthcoming AGM, which was duly supported by 
shareholders in March 2023. However, subsequently, RSM UK Audit LLP indicated that they would be seeking a significant increase in fees to 
conduct the 2023 statutory audit, which the Committee felt unable to support without a market comparison. A limited scope tender process was 
therefore conducted, following which RSM UK Audit LLP were asked to resign by the Board. Acceptable terms were agreed with Crowe U.K. 
LLP in June 2023, who were subsequently appointed to conduct the 2023 audit.

49

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023     
Audit Committee Report continued

In line with the previous year, and in accordance with the audit plan agreed with Crowe U.K. LLP, the Group’s audit scope took advantage of the 
exemption available under section 479 (c) of the Companies Act 2006 for five of its subsidiaries to be excluded from an independent statutory 
audit,  with  Wynnstay  Group  PLC  providing  a  parent  guarantee  in  regard  to  these  subsidiaries.  The  relevant  companies  are  Glasson  Group 
(Lancaster) Limited (company number 03230345), Youngs Animal Feeds Limited (company number 04128486), Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) 
Limited (company number 13882065), Humphrey Feeds Limited (company number 00884405) and Humphrey Pullets Limited (company number 
06780228). These entities remain fully consolidated with the Group’s financial statements with their respective contributions audited to Group 
materiality levels.

Meetings
The Committee meets regularly throughout the year, and four formal meetings relevant to the year under review were
held along with the audit close meeting in early 2024. The agenda for the formal meetings are linked to events in the
Company’s financial calendar.

The Committee addressed the following key agenda items during its four meetings in the financial period:

19 January 2023

21 March 2023

18 July 2023

12 September 2023

●  Review of going concern 

●  Consider control 

paper as basis of 
accounts preparation.

improvement measures 
and implementation. 

●  Consideration of intangible 
asset impairment reviews.

●  Consider audit fee 
proposals for 2023.

●  Risk register review.

●  Receive external auditor’s 
report on process and 
results.

●  Review draft 2022 Annual 
Report and preliminary 
results announcement.

● 

● 

● 

● 

Interim results accounting 
treatment considerations.

●  Review of in year acquisition 
and accounting treatment.

Finance team resource 
review and succession 
requirements.

●  Receipt and approval of 

external auditor’s year end 
audit plan.

Principal risks and 
uncertainties review.

●  Group internal controls and 

resource review.

Introduction to new 
external audit team.

●  Risk register update

All  members  of  the  Committee  attended  all  meetings  during  their  respective  periods  of  tenure.  The  Committee  Chair  regularly  invites  senior 
company executives to attend meetings of the Committee to discuss or present specific items and the Group Finance Director, Paul Roberts, 
attended all four of the meetings. The respective external auditor also attended two meetings of the Committee and has direct access to the 
Committee Chair. The Committee also meets with the external auditor without the Executive Directors being present and the Committee Chair 
also meets with the external auditor in advance of Committee meetings.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

50

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Audit Committee Report continued

Financial reporting and significant accounting matters 
The Committee considered the following financial reporting and key accounting issues with regard to the 2022 Financial Statements:

Carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets*
The carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets is systematically reviewed prior to year end. A consistent methodology is applied to the 
individual cash generating units, taking account of market outlook, risk-adjusted discounted future cash flows, sensitivities, and other factors 
which may have a bearing on impairment considerations. Specific focus has been given to Humphreys as a recent acquisition involving purchase 
price allocation. The Committee considered the appropriateness of the assumptions including discount and growth rates.

Derivatives 
Hedge accounting rules were reviewed to establish if it could be applied to other operating companies within the group where derivatives are 
used, taking due consideration of the commercial dynamics of the operations. Including, taking
due consideration of the commercial dynamics of the operations. The Committee concluded it was not possible to apply hedge accounting rules 
to the other companies, with the exception of Glasson Grain Limited, where cash flow hedges are used.

Control improvements
Regular reports on internal controls issues are presented to and discussed at the Audit Committee and a follow up process in place to audit 
recommendations are fully implemented. The Group’s external auditor communicated, as part of their audit of the Financial Statements several 
control  recommendations.  The  Board,  in  reviewing  key  control  observations,  can  confirm  that  actions  are  being  undertaken  to  remedy  the 
weaknesses identified. During 2024, further work will be undertaken to review and enhance systems and processes across the Group. 

Going concern and longer-term viability
The Committee reviewed the Group’s cashflow, net debt and leverage forecasts and noted that there was adequate headroom projected against 
all the appropriate bank financial covenants throughout a forward three-year viability period. Current deflationary trends in commodity prices were 
noted as being beneficial to working capital requirements, which had eased considerably over the last twelve-month period. The Committee 
concluded that it was satisfied with these assumptions and that it was appropriate to assume the Group was a going concern and to prepare 
financial results on that basis.

Fair, Balanced and Understandable
The Committee has reviewed the contents of this year’s Annual Report and Accounts and advised the Board that, in its view, the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the necessary information to enable shareholders to assess 
the  position  and  performance,  strategy  and  business  model  of  the  Group.  In  reaching  this  conclusion  the  Committee  has  considered  the 
following:

•  The preparation of the Annual Report is a collaborative process between Finance, Legal, Human Resources and Communications functions 
within  Wynnstay,  ensuring  the  appropriate  professional  input  to  each  section.  External  guidance  and  advice  is  sought  where  and  when 
appropriate.

•  The coordination and project management is undertaken by a central team to ensure consistency and completeness of the document.
•  An extensive review process is undertaken, both internally and through the use of external advisors.
•  A final draft is reviewed by the Audit Committee members prior to consideration by the Board.

On behalf of the Board

Catherine Bradshaw
Chair of the Audit Committee
29 January 2024

51

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Directors’ Responsibility Statement in Respect of the Annual Report and Accounts, 
Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report  and 
the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and 
regulations.  Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
UK  adopted  international  accounting  standards  and  the  Company 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  UK  Adopted  International 
Accounting  Standards  and  applicable  law.  Under  company  law  the 
Directors  must  not  approve  the  financial  statements  unless  they  are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that 
year.  The  Directors  are  also  required  to  prepare  financial  statements 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange  for 
companies trading securities on A.I.M. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also  responsible  for  safeguarding  the  assets  of  the  Company  and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities. 
The Directors confirm that: 

•  so far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 
•  the  Directors  have  taken  all  steps  that  they  ought  to  have  taken 
as  Directors  to  make  themselves  aware  of  any  relevant  audit 
information  and  to  establish  that  the  auditors  are  aware  of  that 
information. 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  state  whether  they  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK 
Adopted  International  Accounting  Standards,  subject  to  any 
material  departures  disclosed  and  explained  in  the  financial 
statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the  Company  will  continue  in 
business. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  ensuring  the  Annual  Report  and 
the  financial  statements  are  made  available  on  a  website.  Financial 
statements  are  published  on  the  Company’s  website  in  accordance 
with  legislation  in  the  United  Kingdom  governing  the  preparation 
and  dissemination  of  financial  statements,  which  may  vary  from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ 
responsibility  also  extends  to  the  ongoing  integrity  of  the  financial 
statements contained therein.

On behalf of the Board

Claire Williams 
Company Secretary 
29 January 2024

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

52

 
Board of Directors and Company Secretary

Steve Ellwood
Chairman

Steve  joined  the  Board  in  April  2016.  He  has  a  wealth  of  experience  within  the  UK 
agriculture  and  agri-food  sectors  after  spending  10  years  as  Head  of  Agriculture  at 
HSBC,  following  on  as  Head  of  Food  and  Agriculture  at  Smith  &  Williamson  for  four 
years. Steve is Chairman of AH Worth and Company and is a Non-Executive Director at 
NIAB and Velcourt Group.

Steven Esom
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Steven  joined  the  Board  in  April  2023.  He  has  extensive  sector-level  experience  in  the 
UK food and retailing industries and significant experience of the UK agricultural sector. 
Previously, Steven was Managing Director of Waitrose & Partners and also an Executive 
Director  of  Food  at  Marks  &  Spencer.  Steven  is  Chairman  of  Sedex,  a  leading  global 
supply chain consultancy focused on environmental, social and governance outcomes.

Catherine Bradshaw
Independent Non-Executive Director

Catherine joined the Board in July 2021. As a qualified chartered accountant, Catherine 
brings a wealth of experience in financial control from previous roles at Northern Foods 
Plc, Morrisons Plc, Greencore Plc, and currently as Director of Reporting and Controls at 
Cranswick Plc.

NC

RC

KEY SKILLS

£

Finance

Mergers and acquisitions

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

RC

AC

NC

KEY SKILLS

Mergers and acquisitions

Sales and marketing

Strategy and leadership

AC

RC

KEY SKILLS

£

Finance

Mergers and acquisitions

Strategy and leadership

Howell John Richards
Independent Non-Executive Director

Howell joined the Board in July 2014. He has significant experience within the agricultural 
industry  and  has  established  a  large  dairy  enterprise  business  in  South  Wales.  As  a 
member  of  a  number  of  well  recognised  committees,  Howell  promotes  the  UK  dairy 
industry and supports initiatives for young entrants into UK farming.

AC

RC

KEY SKILLS

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

53

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Board of Directors and Company Secretary continued

Gareth Wynn Davies
Chief Executive Officer

Gareth was appointed to the Board as Chief Executive in May 2018. He joined Wynnstay 
in  1999  as  Sales  Manager  for  South  Wales  and  became  Head  of  Agriculture  in  2008. 
He  is  also  a  Non-Executive  Director  at  Hybu  Cig  Cymru  -  Meat  Promotion  Wales  and 
Director of AIC (Agricultural Industries Confederation)

Rob Thomas
Group Finance Director

Rob joined the Board in October 2023 as Group Finance Director Designate and became 
Group Finance Director on 2 January 2024.  He has significant financial and commercial 
experience  in  senior  roles,  including  in  the  agricultural  and  the  supply  chain  sectors.  A 
Chartered  Accountant,  Rob  has  significant  experience  of  M&A  and  strategic  planning.  
His earlier career was in accountancy with PwC, both in the UK and overseas.  

NC

KEY SKILLS

Mergers and acquisitions

Sales and marketing

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

KEY SKILLS

£

Finance

Mergers and acquisitions

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Claire Alexander Williams
Company Secretary

Claire  became  Company  Secretary  in  January  2020.  She  joined  Wynnstay  in  2017  as 
Group Financial Controller. She is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

KEY SKILLS

Company secretarial

£

Finance

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

AC Audit Committee

NC Nominations Committee

RC

Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

54

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Senior Management

55

David Chadwick
Managing Director, Glasson Grain

Dave joined the Group in August 2006 when Wynnstay acquired Glasson Grain. Dave has significant 
commercial experience in international trading of animal feeds and fertiliser.

KEY SKILLS

Operations and supply chain

Sales and marketing

Strategy and leadership

Stuart Dolphin
Arable Director

Joined  the  Group  in  May  2011  when  Wynnstay  acquired  Wrekin  Grain  which  subsequently  became 
GrainLink.  Stuart  has  significant  commercial  experience  in  commodity  trading  and  arable  farming, 
including seed, fertiliser and agronomy.

KEY SKILLS

Operations and supply chain

Sales and marketing

Strategy and leadership

Paul Jackson
Commercial Sales & Marketing Director

Paul joined Wynnstay in July 2021 having worked for AB Agri for 17 years most recently as Head of 
Sales. He has over 35 years experience of working in the supply industry.

KEY SKILLS

Sales and marketing

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

Neil Richardson
Group Feed & Logistics Operations Director

Neil  joined  the  Group  in  March  2023  when  Wynnstay  acquired  Humphrey  Feeds  &  Pullets  Ltd.  Neil 
brings to the team a wealth of experience within the feed sector, along with a passion for delivering 
continuous improvement, and excellent customer service.

KEY SKILLS

Compliance

Operations and supply chain

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Senior Management continued

Andrew Evans
Group Sustainability, Innovation and Food Supply Chain Director

Andrew joined Wynnstay in 1996 as Marketing Manager and became Retail Manager in 2003. He also 
owns a dairy farm in Mid Wales.

KEY SKILLS

Operations

Sales and marketing

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

Paul Godwin
Group Head of Strategic Delivery

Paul  joined  Wynnstay  in  2003  to  establish  a  professional  purchasing  and  stock  management  team 
for  our  Specialist  Merchanting  Division.  He  has  held  roles  within  the  business  with  responsibility  for 
operations, health and safety, property and estate management and merchandising.

KEY SKILLS

Operations and procurement 

Sector experience - retail

Strategy and leadership

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Samantha Roberts
Group Personnel Manager

Samantha joined the Group in July 2000 and held a variety of roles before assuming the position of 
Group Personnel Manager in July 2005.

KEY SKILLS

Health and safety

Human resource management and development

56

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Directors’ Report

For the year ended 31 October 2023

The Directors present their report together with the audited financial statements of the Parent Company (“the Company”) and the Group for the 
year ended 31 October 2023. 

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

Interim dividend per share paid
Final dividend per share proposed
Total dividend

Group revenue
Group profit after tax

2023

5.50p
11.75p

17.25p

£000

735,877

6,928

2022

5.40p
11.60p

17.00p

£000

713,034

17,142

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the final dividend 
will  be  paid  on  30  April  2024  to  shareholders  on  the  register  at  the 
close  of  business  on  02  April  2024.  The  share  price  will  be  marked 
ex-dividend with effect 28 March 2024. In accordance with the rules 
of the Company’s scrip dividend scheme, eligible shareholders will be 
entitled to receive their dividend in the form of additional shares. New 
mandate forms for this scheme should be signed and lodged with the 
Company Secretary 14 days before the dividend payment date of 30 
April 2024. 

Details of authorised and issued share capital and the movement in the 
year are detailed in note 27 of the financial statements.

DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS

The Directors who held office during the year and as at 31 October 2023 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Company:

Gareth Davies

Steve Ellwood

Steven Esom

Catherine Bradshaw

Howell Richards

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas

25p Ordinary Shares

SAYE Options

Discretionary Options

2023

50,143

4,700

-

-

2,810

102,046

-

2022

40,113

4,700

-

-

2,810

98,998

n/a

2023

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022

1,309

-

-

-

-

2023

30,634

2022

45,715

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,236

n/a

20,519

-

36,574

n/a

Further  information  on  the  Directors’  discretionary  options,  including  the  performance  criteria,  can  be  found  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration 
Report, with the numbers shown in the above table representing the maximum available to vest.

In addition to the above shareholdings, Gareth Davies and Rob Thomas are trustees of the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Plan trust 
which at the year-end held 127,022 shares (2022: 16,834 shares). Accordingly, these directors were deemed to hold an additional non-beneficial 
holding in such shares. 

No director at the year-end held any interest in any subsidiary or associate company. 

Further details on related party transactions with Directors are provided in note 32 to the financial statements.

Having been appointed during the year, Steven Esom and Rob Thomas, offer themselves for re-election under Article 86. In the prior year, Howell 
Richards was elected under Article 91 at the 2023 AGM but having served nine years as a non-executive director, he has made it known that he 
wishes to retire during the current year. A recruitment process will commence in due course to ensure the appointment of a new independent 
non-executive director by the time Howell Richards steps down.

During the year, the Company purchased and maintained liability insurance for its Directors and Officers which remained in force at the date of 
this report

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS

At 31 October 2023, the following shareholders held 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company:

Registered Shareholder

Beneficial Holder

Number of 
shares

% of issued 
share capital

Lion Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Close Asset Management Limited

2,666,821

Rock Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Charles Stanley & Co

Luna Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Cazanove Capital

Rulegale Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of James Sharp & Co

2,456,325

963,500

901,132

11.6

10.7

4.2

3.9

The  Directors  are  not  aware  that  any  other  person,  Company  or  Group  of  Companies  held  3%  or  more  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the 
Company, and no new notifications of substantial shareholdings have been received between 31 October 2023 and the date of this report.

57

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Directors’ Report continued

SHAREHOLDER RESOLUTIONS 
At the Annual General Meeting held on the 21 March 2023 the Directors received authority from the shareholders to:
•  Allot shares
This gives Directors the authority to allot shares and maintains flexibility in respect of the Company’s financing arrangements. The nominal value 
of ordinary shares which the Director may allot in the period up to the next Annual General Meeting to be held on 21 March 2023 is limited to 
£450,000. This authority will expire on 21 March 2024, but the Directors intend to seek to renew the same.
•  Disapplication of rights of pre-emption
This  disapplies  rights  of  pre-emption  on  the  allotment  of  shares  by  the  Company  and  the  sale  of  treasury  shares.  This  authority  allows  the 
Directors to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to the authority to allot shares mentioned above, and to sell treasury shares for cash without a 
pre-emptive offer to existing shareholders, up to an aggregate amount of £450,000. This authority will expire on 21 March 2024, but the Directors 
intend to seek to renew the same.
•  To buy own shares
This authority allows the Company to buy its own shares in the market, as permitted under the Articles of Association of the Company, up to a 
limit of 500,000 ordinary shares. The Directors have no immediate plans to exercise the powers of the Company to purchase its own shares and 
would only plan to do so if they were satisfied that a purchase would result in an increase in expected earnings per share and was in the best 
interests of the Company at the time. This authority will expire on 21 March 2024, but the Directors intend to seek to renew the same.

COLLEAGUES  
The Group has procedures for keeping its colleagues informed about 
the  progress  of  the  business,  which  include  bi-monthly  newsletters, 
annual  roadshows,  financial  results  presentations  and  a  Colleague 
Forum. 

The Group continues to encourage employee motivation by operating 
a Savings Related Share Option Scheme open to all employees. 

The  Group  provides  training  and  support  for  all  employees  where 
appropriate and gives a full and fair consideration to disabled applicants 
in respect of duties which may be effectively performed by a disabled 
person.  Where  existing  employees  become  disabled,  the  Group  will 
seek to continue employing them, bearing in mind their disability and 
provided suitable duties are available. Failing this, all attempts will be 
made to provide a continuing income. 

Health and Safety matters are a high priority issue for the Board, who 
consider  a  monthly  report  on  developments  and  any  incidents  that 
may have occurred, including accidents and near misses. 

ENGAGEMENT WITH CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS 
AND OTHERS
Details of the identified main stakeholder groupings associated with the 
business are provided in the s172 Statement of the Strategic Report, 
but the continuing relationship nature of the Group’s trading activities 
requires  strong  communication  links  with  individual  customers  and 
suppliers.  This  is  achieved  through  dedicated  personnel  contacts, 
regular  correspondence  and  increasingly  through  digital  interaction 

channels.

PAYMENT OF SUPPLIERS 
The Group agrees terms and conditions with suppliers before business 
takes  place  and,  while  there  is  no  formal  Group  code  or  standard  it 
is  not  Group  policy  to  extend  supplier  payment  terms  beyond  that 
agreed. There are no suppliers subject to special arrangements. The 
average credit terms for the Group as a whole based on the year end 
trade payables figure and a 365-day year is 42 days (2022: 54 days). 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISKS 
The  Group  has  a  number  of  financial  instruments  and  these  are 
detailed,  together  with  the  risk  management  objectives  and  policies 
relating to these instruments in Note 25 to the financial statements. The 
main financial risks for the Group come from customer credit, foreign 
exchange, commodity price volatility, intertest rate movements, cash 
liquidity and capital management. The Board’s approach to managing 
these risks are detailed in Note 25 of the financial statement.

LAND AND BUILDINGS 
In the opinion of the Directors, the current open market value of the 
Group’s interest in land and buildings exceeds the book value at 31 
October 2023 as provided in Note 16 to the financial statements by 
approximately £9,718,000 (2022: £9,578,000). The director’s opinion 
is supported by a valuation exercise carried out by BNP Paribas Real 
Estate in July 2022.

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS 
Details of support to the community is given in ESG report.  There were 
no political donations during the year (2022: none).

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE 
OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of 
approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 53 -54.  
Having made enquires of fellow Directors each of these Directors, at 
the date of this report, confirms that: 

•  to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no 

relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; 
and 

•  each Director has taken all the steps a director might reasonably 

be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of 
that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Crowe U.K. LLP have indicated their willingness to continue in office 
and  accordingly  a  resolution  proposing  their  reappointment  will  be 
submitted to the Annual General Meeting. 

OTHER MATTERS
The Company has chosen in accordance with Companies Act 2006, 
s414C(11)  to  set  out  in  the  company’s  strategic  report  information 
required  by  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, Sch. 7 to be contained in 
the Directors’ Report. It has done so in respect of strategy and future 
developments and principal risks and uncertainties.

By order of the Board  

Clare Williams
Company Secretary
29 January 2024

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

58

 
BOARD REMUNERATION POLICY
All matters relating to remuneration of the Directors of the Company 
are determined by the Remuneration Committee whose decisions are 
made to achieve the broad objective of rewarding individuals for the 
nature of their work and the contribution they make towards the Group 
achieving its business objectives. Proper regard is given to the need 
to recruit and retain high-quality and motivated staff at all levels and 
to ensure the effective management of the business. The Committee 
will be cognisant of comparative pay levels after taking into account 
geographic  location  and  the  operations  of  the  business  and  taking 
appropriate external professional advice where considered necessary. 

Equity  based  schemes  are  an  effective  way  to  align  the  interests 
of  participants  and  shareholders  and  provide  an  efficient  and  cost-
effective  incentive  for  long-term  value  creation.  All  new  incentives 
or  substantive  changes  to  existing  schemes  will  be  subject  to  prior 
approval  by  shareholders.  Details  of  the  current  Share  Plans  can  be 
found here: 
www.wynnstayplc.co.uk/esg/governance/wynnstay-share-plans. 
Whilst  the  dilution  limits  vary  in  the  individual  Schemes,  the 
Remuneration  Committee  has  undertaken  a  review  of  capacity,  and 
expects  to  operate  within  a  maximum  of  15%  dilution  in  aggregate 
across  the  schemes.  The  Remuneration  Committee  will  monitor  the 
aggregate  dilution  on  a  regular  basis  and  prior  to  the  grant  of  new 
options.

The  remuneration  policy  for  Directors  is  set  to  achieve  the  above 
objectives  and  is  broadly  split  into  Executive  and  Non-Executive 
categories,  and  consists  of  the  following  components  in  each  sub-
category:

Directors’ Remuneration Report

For the year ended 31 October 2023

Board Remuneration
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT

As Chair of the Remuneration Committee and on behalf of the Board of 
Directors, I am delighted to present our report on Board remuneration 
for the Financial Year ended 31 October 2023. I would like to thank 
Peter Kirkham for his service as Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
until May 2023.

General approach to remuneration
The  Committee’s  approach  to  remuneration  continues  to  be  the 
provision  of  competitive  but  not  excessive  reward  packages  for 
Executive Directors, that align their pay with the strategy of the Group, 
encouraging, incentivising and motivating behaviours which we believe 
will deliver long-term success for the Group. The interests of Executive 
Directors should align with those of shareholders, and our Policy seeks 
to adopt practices to achieve this while complying with all relevant laws 
and corporate governance regulations, giving the Group a sound basis 
for long-term growth and progression.

With regard to Executive Directors, the Committee will seek to ensures 
that:

i. 

ii. 

iii. 

the remuneration packages offered are competitive within the 
marketplace  in  which  the  Company  operates,  allowing  it  to 
attract  and  retain  the  talent  necessary  to  deliver  the  results 
demanded by the Board and the Company’s shareholders;

the performance-based elements of remuneration are aligned 
with  the  Group’s  strategic  objectives,  with  measures  that 
reward  exceptional  achievement  whilst  avoiding  rewarding 
poor performance; and

the  remuneration  structures  provide  the  mechanisms  to 
protect shareholders where necessary and adopt a sufficiently 
long-term basis for aligning the interests of Executive Directors 
with those of investors.

Committee decisions on remuneration
During  the  previous  financial  year,  the  Committee  carried  out  a 
benchmarking  pay  review  exercise  for  the  Executive  Directors 
with  adjustments  to  basic  pay  implemented  from  March  2022.  The 
Executive Directors were then included in the standard company-wide 
5%  annual  review  award  with  effect  from  November  2022.  Similarly, 
Non-Executive  Director’s  fees  were  reviewed  with  adjustments 
implemented  from  November  2022.  The  details  of  these  individual 
changes  are  provided  later  in  this  report  within  the  respective 
remuneration  sections.  Having  been  appointed  to  the  Board,  and 
as  Chair  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  in  April  2023,  I  intend  to 
conduct further bench-market reviews in the new year. 

With the Nominations Committee having identified and recommended 
the  appointment  of  a  new  Group  Finance  Director  during  the  year, 
the  Remuneration  Committee  negotiated  the  contract  terms  for 
this  appointment,  with  the  candidate  successfully  commencing 
employment in October 2023.

The  Committee  remained  conscious  of  the  general  inflationary 
pressures  evident  in  the  wider  economy  and  the  cost-of-living 
challenges  faced  by  colleagues  across  the  business.  In  considering 
the budgeted pay review proposal for the year commencing November 
2023,  the  Committee  were  keen  to  support  colleagues  perceived 
as  under  the  most  pressure  from  these  issues  and  was  pleased  to 
therefore  announce  a  two-tiered  review  award.  A  6%  award  was 
therefore granted to colleagues with basic salaries below a threshold of 
£25,000 per annum, with a 4.5% award granted to higher earners. The 
Committee believed this represented a sound targeted use of available 
resources, offering the most support to our lower-paid colleagues, and 
reflecting  well  against  the  published  Consumer  Price  Index  (CPI)  for 
October 2023 which was 4.6%. 

The Remuneration Committee remains fully committed to an open and 
honest dialogue with our shareholders, and we welcome your views on 

any aspects of remuneration at any time.

59

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS: 
Basic Salary
Purpose:  To  provide  an  appropriate  amount  of  basic  fixed  income 
to  enable  the  recruitment  and  retention  of  effective  management  to 
implement Group strategy.
Operation: The Committee reviews base salaries on an annual basis, 
consistent  with  the  reviews  conducted  for  other  employees.  The 
review takes into account:

•  absolute and relative Group profitability;

•  any changes to the scope of each role and responsibilities;

•  any changes to the size and complexity of the Group;

•  salaries in comparable organisations;

•  the general economic conditions prevalent in the country:

•  pay increases elsewhere in the Group; and

•  the impact of any increases to base salary on the total remuneration 

package.

Maximum  opportunity:  The  Remuneration  Committee  has  set  no 
overall maximum on salary increases, as it believes that this creates an 
anchoring effect for Executive Directors and other employees.
Performance  measures:  None,  although  individual  performance, 
skills and experience are taken into consideration by the Remuneration 
Committee when setting salaries.

Annual Performance Bonus (APB)
Purpose: To incentivise the Executive Directors to deliver the Group’s 
corporate strategy by focusing on annual goals that are consistent with 
longer-term strategic objectives.
Operation: Bonus targets are reviewed and set on an annual basis. Pay-
out levels are determined by the Remuneration Committee after the year-
end, after completion of the audit, based upon a rigorous assessment of 
performance against the targets. 

Malus  provisions  apply  for  the  duration  of  the  performance  period  and 
any deferral period allowing the Remuneration Committee to reduce to 
zero  any  unvested  or  deferred  awards.  Clawback  provisions  apply  to 
cash amounts paid and shares or cash released for three years following 
payment or release, allowing the Remuneration Committee to claim back 
all or any amount paid or released.

The circumstances in which malus and/or clawback provisions may be 
triggered include:

•  if  the  assessment  of  any  performance  condition  was  based  upon 

erroneous or inaccurate or misleading information;

•  if  a  material  misstatement  is  discovered  that  results  in  the  audited 

accounts of the Group being adjusted; or

•  in the event of any action or conduct of a participant that amounts to 

fraud or gross misconduct.

Wynnstay Profit Related Pay
Purpose:  An  all-employee  scheme  in  which  the  Executive  Directors 
participate  on  the  same  basis  as  all  other  employees,  designed 
to  encourage  achievement  of  profit  budgets  within  main  trading 
subsidiaries.
Operation:  An  employee  scheme  to  reward  all  staff  with  a  pro-rata 
profit  share,  based  on  a  pre-set  formula.  Paid  in  February  following 
the announcement of the financial results for the previous year, after 
completion of the annual audit.
Performance measures: Based upon the pre-tax profit of two trading 
subsidiaries, as a net percentage of revenues adjusted for commodity 
inflation and subject to a total cap on the overall all-employee pay-out 
of 10% of profits of the participating companies.

Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Purpose: To incentivise Executive Directors to focus on the long-term 
strategic objectives of the Group and to deliver substantial shareholder 
value, aligning their interests with the interests of shareholders. 

Operation: Awards may be granted annually under the PSP and will 
consist of rights over shares with a value calculated as a percentage of 
base salary. Vesting is subject to the Group’s performance, measured 
over three years and is followed by a holding period in respect of 50% 
of the vested shares, of which one half are released after a one-year 
holding  period  and  one  half  after  a  two-year  holding  period.  Malus 
provisions  apply  for  the  duration  of  the  performance  period  and 
shares held under deferral arrangements, allowing the Remuneration 
Committee  to  reduce  to  zero  any  unvested  or  deferred  awards. 
Clawback provisions apply until two years after the date upon which 
any  entitlement  becomes  unconditional,  allowing  the  Remuneration 
Committee to claim back all or part of the value of any shares vested. 

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

The circumstances in which malus and/or clawback provisions may be 
triggered are as stated in relation to the APB above.

The principal terms of the PSP were approved by shareholders at the 
2018 AGM. 
Maximum  opportunity:  The  maximum  PSP  award  opportunity  per 
Executive Director, in respect of any financial year, is limited to rights 
over shares with a market value at grant of 100% of base salary. 
Performance measures: The vesting of all awards made under the PSP 
is dependent upon performance conditions based upon:

•  EPS growth (75% weighting)

•  Return on capital employed (25% weighting)

The Remuneration Committee believes the chosen metrics are suitably 
aligned with the Group’s strategy and are focused on delivering long-term 
growth and shareholder return.

Maximum  opportunity:  The  maximum  annual  bonus  opportunity 
that can be earned for any year is capped at 100% of base salary for 
all Executive Directors. Payments at or approaching these levels would 
require an exceptional level of performance. 
Performance measures: The payment of awards under the APB is 
dependent upon performance conditions based upon:

•  profit  before  tax  (PBT)  after  accrual  for  bonus  payments  (75% 

weighting);

•  stretching,  specific  and  measurable  strategic  and/or  individual 

objectives. (25% weighting).

All-employee share plans
Purpose: To align the interests of the broader employee base with the 
interests of shareholders and to assist with recruitment and retention.

Operation: The Group currently operates a HM Revenue & Customs-
approved  Save  As  You  Earn  plan.  In  accordance  with  the  relevant 
tax  legislation,  the  Executive  Directors  are  entitled  to  participate  on 
the same basis (and subject to the same maximums) as other Group 
employees.

The Remuneration Committee believes the chosen metrics are suitably 
aligned with the Group’s strategy and are focused on delivering long-
term growth and shareholder return.

Maximum opportunity: As determined by the statutory limits in force 
from time to time.
Performance measures: None.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

60

 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pension
Purpose:  To  provide  an  income  for  Executive  Directors  during 
their  retirement  and  enable  the  Group  to  recruit  and  retain  suitable 
individuals.
Operation: Fixed company contributions expressed as a percentage 
of  current  basic  salary  for  each  individual  are  paid  into  a  personal 
pension  scheme  held  in  that  individual’s  name.  In  addition,  death  in 
service  cover  provides  for  four  times  current  annual  salary  paid  into 
trust, where death occurs during the term of the Director’s employment 
contract. 

Benefits
Purpose: To attract and retain suitable Executive Directors and assist 
Executive Directors in the performance of their duties.
Operation: The benefits provided by the Group to Executive Directors 
are currently restricted to the provision of a company car and private 
medical insurance. 
Maximum  opportunity:  Dependent  upon  the  cost  of  providing  the 
relevant  benefits  and  the  individual’s  personal  circumstances.  The 
Remuneration Committee examines the cost of benefit provision and 
will only agree to provide benefits that are in line with market practice 
and cost-effective for the Group.
Performance measures: None.
The executive director’s remuneration terms are detailed in individual 
contracts of employment and associated amendment documentation, 
which amongst other points contain standard details as follows: 

•  Notice period to be given by the Company is twelve months.

•  Notice period to be given by the Director is six months.

•  Paid holiday entitlement of 23 days plus bank holidays.

•  Post employment restrictive covenants lasting twelve months.

•  Standard non-compete restrictions during employment.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS:
Basic Annual Fee
Purpose:  To attract and retain a balanced skill set of individuals to 
ensure strong stewardship and governance of the Group.
Operation:  Fees  are  set  so  as  to  reflect  the  factors  pertinent  to 
respective  positions,  taking  into  account  the  anticipated  amount  of 
time commitment, and comparative rates paid by other companies of 
a similar size. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in share 
option awards, performance bonuses or pension arrangements. Fees 
are reviewed by the Remuneration Committee on an annual basis.

Supplemental Committee Chair Fees
Purpose: To acknowledge the additional time and input commitment 
of chairing two of the important Board sub-committees, being Audit 
and Remuneration.
Operation: An additional annually reviewed premium is added to the 
Basic Annual Fee for the appointed Non-Executive holding the chair of 
the respective committee for that relevant financial year.

Travelling Expenses
Purpose:  To  reimburse  legitimately  incurred  costs  of  attending 
necessary Board and associated meetings.
travel, 
Operation:  Pre-set  rates  used 
accommodation and other incurred expenses in line with those used 
for other employees.

to  reimburse  mileage, 

Medical Insurance Benefit
Purpose: To assist Directors in the completion of their duties.
Operation:  Benefits  restricted  to  the  provision  of  private  medical 
insurance for those directors who do not have alternative arrangements 
in place.

The  non-executive  director’s  remuneration  terms  are  detailed  in 

individual letters of appointment, which amongst other points contain 

standard details as follows:  

•  Initial appointment for a period of twelve months.

•  Renewal of appointment for a fixed period of three years after the 

initial twelve months.

•  Post-employment restrictive covenants lasting twelve months.

61

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

In line with the above policy, the Remuneration Committee have approved the following details of executive director remuneration, which are 
designed to ensure both the continued competitiveness of remuneration levels and the satisfaction of current investor expectations concerning 
governance arrangements for Long Term Incentive Plans: 

Basic Salaries. A current annual salary effective from November 2023, is shown in the table below in column A. The previous annual salary, 
where relevant, is shown in column B, with the actual amounts received during the last financial year shown in column C.  

Basic Salary

Executive Director

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas

Column A

Column B

Current Basic  

Previous Basic  

Salary 

Salary 

£000

315*

194

180

£000

278

186

n/a

Column C

Actual Salary 

as a Director 

Nov 2022 – Oct 2023

£000

288

186

15

* During the period, an amendment was made to the contractual terms of employment for Gareth Davies, whereby the basic salary was increased 
by an annualised amount of £23,484, with an equivalent reduction in the employer’s pension contribution.

Annual Performance Bonuses and Profit Related Pay. The bonus payments made to Executive Directors in March 2023, and therefore 
during the financial year under review, were in relation to the performance of the business for the financial year 2021/22 which was a record year 
for the Group in terms of financial performance. These payments were made under the auspices of the Annual Performance Bonus scheme 
which includes potential payments of up to 75% of basic salary based on the Group’s financial performance, and up to 25% based on stretching 
specific  and  measurable  strategic  and/or  individual  objectives.  The  bonus  payments  made  for  the  financial  years  ending  October  2022  and 
October 2021, received in the following March, are shown in the table below in columns A & B respectively. 

The Executive Directors also participate in the Wynnstay Profit Related Pay Scheme, (“PRP”) which is a scheme for employees of Wynnstay 
Group plc and Grainlink Limited, and which pays an annual bonus based on a formula which produces a percentile result which is then applied 
to the relevant individual’s prior year earnings. The formula calculation is the aggregate of the pre-tax profit of Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) 
Limited and Grainlink Limited divided by the aggregate of the combined revenues. The scheme is subject to a limiting factor preventing the total 
paid under the arrangements from exceeding 10% of the profits of the participating companies. The relevant rate for 2022, paid in February 
2023, was 2.7% (2022: 3.1%), with the actual PRP paid to each executive shown in Column C below. The anticipated rate for 2023, to be paid 
in February 2024 relating to the last financial year is 2.4% of relevant earnings.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Bonuses £000

Executive Director

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Column A

Total 2022

265

177

Column B

Total 2021

206

158

Column C

Feb 23
13

9

PRP received
Feb 22
10

8

In October 2023, Rob Thomas joined the Board as an Executive Director and Group Finance Director Designate and was awarded an appointment 
payment in lieu of foregone previous employment earnings. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

62

 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pension and death in service life cover. IIndividual Company contributions to personal pension plans are based on the value of the Executive 
Directors basic salary only. The annual defined Company contributions to a personal pension scheme held in the individual’s name, expressed 
as a percentage of basic salary, and the amounts paid on behalf of each individual for their period of service as a director during the last financial 
year, are shown in the table below under column A and column B respectively. Column C shows the anticipated contribution for each individual 
for the new financial year starting November 2023. As explained above, the contribution rate for Gareth Davies was reduced during the period 
in  accordance  with  a  salary  consolidation  arrangement.  The  death  in  service  life  assurance  cover  is  provided  in  a  Group  policy  covering  all 
members, with individual costs attributed to separate members being unavailable. However, the scheme to which both of the executive directors 
belong, had a total renewal cost at November 2022 of £106,297 (2021: £108,575), and there were 580 (2021: 583) members covered, equating 
to an average cost of £183 per person (2021: £186). 

Pension

Executive Director

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas

Column A

Pension % 

8.2%

6.5%

12.0%

Column B

Column C

Pension Contribution 
£000

Anticipated Pension
Contribution Rate 23/24

24

12

2

3.17%

12.00%

12.00%

Benefits in kind. Gareth Davies was supplied with a company car during the financial year, primarily for the furtherance of his duties. However, 
this vehicle was available for the executive’s private use and as such has a taxable benefit in kind value calculated in accordance with HMRC 
rules. The value for the tax year ending April 2023 is shown in the table below in column A. The cost of fuel used for private motoring is refunded 
monthly. Additionally, the Company pays the cost of providing private medical insurance for the executives to ensure that should they require 
treatment this is provided as quickly as possible and minimises any period of potential absence from their duties. The cost to the Company of 
this cover for each individual in relation to the 2023 financial year is shown below in column B. Paul Roberts and Rob Thomas received a monthly 
car allowance for their respective tenure during the financial year with the total amounts received shown in Column C below. With effect from 
November 2023, Rob Thomas will be supplied with a company car appropriate to his role. 

Benefits in kind

Executive Director

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas

Column A

Column B

Column C

Company Car Value Private Medical Cover  Cash Settled Car Allowance 

£5,690

n/a

n/a

£709

£709

n/a

n/a

£7,200

£333

Long-Term Incentives. The Remuneration Policy provides for a Performance Share Plan (PSP) to incentivise executive directors to focus on the 
long-term strategic objectives of the Group and to deliver substantial shareholder value, aligning their interests with the interests of shareholders. 
This  PSP  is  intended  to  grant  option  awards  annually,  with  rights  over  shares  to  a  value  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  base  salary.  Other 
conditions are explained in the Remuneration Policy above. Grants of options under this arrangement during the financial year ending October 
2023 were made in February 2023 and details are shown in the option table below, which also shows all outstanding options open at the year 
end. 

The performance criteria of the relevant options are tested at the end of the third financial year after the respective grant as follows:

- Awards granted January 2020 – Performance tested for Financial Year Oct 2022.
- Awards granted April 2021 – Performance tested for Financial Year Oct 2023.
- Awards granted February 2023 – Performance tested for Financial Year Oct 2025.

The performance criteria attached to the current PSP options are as follows:

1.75% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) grows at an annual rate exceeding the rate of growth of the 
Retail Price Index (“RPI”) plus 8%. Where this growth is not met, provided EPS grows at an annual rate of at least RPI plus 1%, 30% of the Award 
Shares tested under the EPS target will vest. Between these criteria, the Award Shares will vest on a straight-line basis.    

2. 25% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) increases to at least 12.6% for the respecting 
testing financial year. Where this target is not met, provided a minimum ROCE employed of 10% is met, the Award Shares will vest between 
these two criteria on a straight-line basis.  

In accordance with scheme rules and relevant option contracts, the Remuneration Committee tested the performance conditions for the awards 
granted in January 2020 against the audited financial results for the year to October 2022, with the following conclusions:

63

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EPS Growth Rate

ROCE 

Scheme Target

Actual Result

Range between RPI + 1% - 8%

Range between 10% - 12.6%

30.7%

16.6%

As the actual results for both criteria exceeded the maximum targets, the respective proportions for each element were awarded in full to both 
executive directors as follows, with 50% released in February 2023, and 50% retained for future release in accordance with the scheme rules:

Total Award Shares
Granted 
Feb 23

27,896

22,318

Total 
Released             
Feb 23

13,948

11,159

Total Retained for 
2024 & 25 

13,948

11,159

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Outstanding options as at October 2023 for directors who had served during the year.

Executive Director

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas

No. of Options
Granted 
Apr 21

17,819

14,256

-

PSP Scheme
Maximum Award

No. of Options
Granted 
Feb 23

30,634

20,519

-

SAYE

No. of Options 

-

-

-

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Further information relating to the PSP is set out in the Rules of the scheme which are published on the Group’s website at 
https://www.wynnstayplc.co.uk/esg/governance/wynnstay-share-plans  

-   Other Share Schemes. The executive directors are eligible to participate in Save As You Earn (SAYE) option invitations, subject to the scheme 
and legislative limitations. No such options were outstanding as at October 2023 as shown in the table above. SAYE options do not have any 
performance criteria attached to them are exercisable in accordance with the scheme rules and dependent on an ongoing savings contract 
administered by Equiniti Ltd, an authorised provider, being retained. 

  During the year Gareth Davies exercised 1,309 SAYE options and Paul Roberts exercised 5,236 SAYE options at a price of £2.75 each. Using 
the market price on the day of exercise, £4.125 per share, gains of £1,800 and £7,200 respectively were generated although both directors 
retained the shares.

64

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is and has been paid in accordance with the policy outlined above and has been set so 
as to reflect the factors pertinent to their respective positions. Details of the amounts received during the last financial year and the current levels 
of Basic Annual Fees being paid are given in the table below :

Non-Executive Director

Received Financial Year Ending Oct 2023

Basic Fee

Supplemental Fee Benefits in kind

Travelling Expenses

£000

£000

£000

£000

Steve Ellwood– Chairman

Philip Kirkham (retired May 23)

Howell Richards 

Catherine Bradshaw 

Steven Esom

75

30

42

42

26

0

0

0

2

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

1

S J Ellwood – Chairman

Howell Richards

Catherine Bradshaw

Steven Esom 

Payable Financial Year Ending Oct 2024

Basic Fee

Supplemental Fee Benefits in kind

Travelling Expenses

£000

£000

£000

£000

78

44

44

44

0

0

2

2

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

Steve Esom
Chairman of Remuneration Committee
29 January 2024

65

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Wynnstay Group Plc

OVERVIEW OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH
Materiality
In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept of materiality. 
An item is considered material if it could reasonably be expected to change 
the economic decisions of a user of the financial statements. We used the 
concept of materiality to both focus our testing and to evaluate the impact of 
misstatements identified.
Based  on  our  professional  judgement,  we  determined  overall  materiality 
for  the  Group  financial  statements  as  a  whole  to  be  £880,000,  based  on 
approximately 6% of average consolidated profit before tax for years ended 
31 October 2023 and 31 October 2022 Materiality for the Parent Company 
financial statements as a whole was set at £170,000 based on 5% of the 
average  profit  before  tax  for  the  years  ended  31  October  2023  and  31 
October 2022.
We  use  a  different  level  of  materiality  (‘performance  materiality’)  to 
determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial statements.  
Performance materiality is set based on the audit materiality as adjusted for 
the judgements made as to the entity risk and our evaluation of the specific 
risk of each audit area having regard to the internal control environment. This 
is set at £615,000 for the group and £120,000 for the parent.
Where  considered  appropriate  performance  materiality  may  be  reduced 
to  a  lower  level,  such  as,  for  related  party  transactions  and  directors’ 
remuneration.
We  agreed  with  the  Audit  Committee  to  report  to  it  all  identified  errors  in 
excess of £45,000. Errors below that threshold would also be reported to it 
if, in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was required on qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our audit
The Group and its subsidiaries are accounted for at three main sites in the UK, 
including the Parent company head office. We performed full scope audits 
of the complete financial information of Wynnstay Group plc and the three 
components,  Wynnstay  (Agricultural  Supplies)  Limited,  GrainLink  Limited 
and Glasson Grain Limited. The work was performed directly by the Group 
audit team. The operations that were subject to full-scope audit procedures 
made up 97% of the consolidated revenues, 99% total profit before tax and 
95% total assets and liabilities. The Group’s other subsidiary entities, Glasson 
Group (Lancaster) Limited, Youngs Animal Feeds Limited, Humphrey Poultry 
(Holdings) Limited, Humphrey Feeds Limited and Humphrey Pullets Limited 
was subject to Specific procedures as they are not considered a signficiant 
component.

Key Audit Matters
Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our  professional  judgement, 
were  of  most  significance  in  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements  of  the 
current  period  and  include  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters 
included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, 
the  allocation  of  resources  in  the  audit;  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the 
engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

OPINION 
We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Wynnstay  Group  plc 
(the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the year 
ended 31 October 2023, which comprise:

•  the Group statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 

31 October 2023;

•  the Group and Parent Company balance sheets as at 31 October 

2023;

•  the Group and Parent Company statements of changes in equity 

for the year then ended;

•  the Group and Parent Company statements of cash flows for the 

year then ended; and

The  financial  reporting  framework  that  has  been  applied  in  the 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  is  applicable  law  and  UK-
adopted international accounting standards.
In our opinion the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 October 2023 and of the Group’s profit 
for the period then ended;

•  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted 

international accounting standards; 

•  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 

Companies Act 2006.

BASIS FOR OPINION 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in  accordance  with  these  requirements.  We  believe  that  the  audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
In  auditing  the  financial  statements,  we  have  concluded  that  the 
directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  in  the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of 
the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability 
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Reviewed the group cash flow model provided by management and 
challenged  the  key  assumptions  used  in  the  forecasts,  including 
downside sensitivities of reduced sales volumes;

•  Checking  the  numerical  accuracy  of  management’s  financial 

projections; 

•  Reviewed  the  availability  of  facilities  and  cash  reserves  in  the 
context of both the financial projections and downside scenarios, 
including an assessment of compliance with applicable covenants; 
•  Procedures  to  review  and  evaluate  the  historical  accuracy  of 

management’s past projections; 

•  Reviewing the disclosures made in the financial statements relating 
to going concern and agreeing it is consistent with management’s 
assessment;

Based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  have  not  identified  any 
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or  collectively,  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group  or  Parent 
Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  for  a  period  of  at 
least  12  months  from  when  the  financial  statements  are  authorised 
for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect 

to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

66

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Wynnstay Group Plc continued

Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue recognition (note 2)

Our audit work in this area included the following:

Revenue  is  a  key  driver  of  the  business  and  used  as  an  important 
benchmark by shareholders for assessing the performance of the Group. 
We deemed the significant risk to be in respect of existence and cut off 
as  this  is  the  area  considered  to  be  most  susceptible  to  misstatement 
by  management  in  close  proximity  to  the  year-end  where  there  is  an 
incentive to meet performance targets

•  Assessing the design effectiveness of the relevant controls in place 

associated with revenue recognition; 

•  Testing a sample of revenue transactions across the Group to ensure 
revenue  recognition  was  appropriate  by  selection  from  the  nominal 
and  agreeing  amounts  to  sales  invoice,  cash  receipts  and  proof  of 
delivery where applicable; 

•  Reviewing pre-year end and post year end invoices to ensure cut off 

correctly applied;

•  Performed  testing  using  computer  aided  tool  to  corroborate  sales 

invoiced in the period to cash receipt;

•  Reviewed contractual terms of business with both key customers and 
suppliers to confirm basis of revenue recognition complies with IFRS 
15.

Carrying value of goodwill and investments (notes 13 and 17)

Our audit work in this area included the following:

The  Group  holds  goodwill  at  a  carrying  value  of  £15.5m.  The  Parent 
Company  also  holds  significant  investments  with  a  carrying  value  of 
£54.2m. Recovery of these assets is dependent upon future cash flows 
which are required to be discounted.

•  Obtaining  management’s  impairment  papers  and  value  in  use 
calculations along with related workings to support the value in use 
of  each  cash  generating  unit,  including  assessing  the  definition  of 
CGU’s used by management;

There is a risk that forecasts for these future cash flows are not met or 
that  the  cash  flows  have  not  been  discounted  at  an  appropriate  rate. 
If  the  cash  flows  do  not  meet  expectations  the  assets  may  become 
impaired. 

Due to the high level of estimation uncertainty and sensitivity in changes 
to the assumptions on the future cash flows we identified the possible 
impairment of assets as a key audit matter. 

•  Testing the mathematical accuracy of the value in use calculations, 
as well as challenging key assumptions used in the preparation of the 
discounted cash-flow model, including the discount rate, growth rate 
and expected revenues. 

Specialists within the audit team were used to assess for reasonableness 
of  the  assumptions  which  significantly  influence  the  value  in  use 
calculation;

•  Assessing  the  accuracy  of  historic  forecasts  compared  to  actual 

results;

•  Consideration given to any signficiant changes which may indicate an 
impairment trigger such as technological, market, economic or legal 
changes. 

•  Reviewing  the  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  in  relation  to 

goodwill and investments 

Our  audit  procedures  in  relation  to  these  matters  were  designed  in  the 
context of our audit opinion as a whole. They were not designed to enable 
us to express an opinion on these matters individually and we express no 
such opinion.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, 
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial 
statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise  appears 

to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  such  material  inconsistencies  or 
apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this 
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. 
If,  based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  conclude  that  there  is  a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that 
fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course of our audit 

•  the  information  given  in  the  strategic  report  and  the  directors’  report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the  strategic  report  and  directors’  report  have  been  prepared  in 

accordance with applicable legal requirements.

67

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Wynnstay Group Plc continued

Owing  to  the  inherent  limitations  of  an  audit,  there  is  an  unavoidable  risk 
that  some  material  misstatements  of  the  financial  statements  may  not  be 
detected,  even  though  the  audit  is  properly  planned  and  performed  in 
accordance with the ISAs (UK). The potential effects of inherent limitations 
are  particularly  significant  in  the  case  of  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud 
because fraud may involve sophisticated and carefully organised schemes 
designed  to  conceal  it,  including  deliberate  failure  to  record  transactions, 
collusion or intentional misrepresentations being made to us. We performed 
testing on journal entries and used computer aided tools to assist this testing 
to address the risk of fraud through management override of controls. 

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  is  available  on  the  Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This  report  is  made  solely  to  the  company’s  members,  as  a  body,  in 
accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the  Companies  Act  2006.  Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members  those  matters  we  are  required  to  state  to  them  in  an  auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and 
the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Mark Evans (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
Black Country House 
Rounds Green Road 
Oldbury 
B69 2DG 
29 January 2024

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In  light  of  the  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent 
Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have 
not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ 
report.

We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following  matters  where  the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, 
or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

•  certain  disclosures  of  directors’  remuneration  specified  by  law  are  not 

made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for 

our audit.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As  explained  more  fully  in  the  directors’  responsibilities  statement  set  out 
on page 52, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for 
assessing the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and 
using  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  the  directors  either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report  that  includes  our 
opinion.  Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities,  including  fraud,  are  instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws 
and  regulations.  We  design  procedures  in  line  with  our  responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks within 
which the Group operates, focusing on those laws and regulations that have 
a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in 
the  financial  statements.  The  laws  and  regulations  we  considered  in  this 
context were relevant company law and taxation legislation in the UK, being 
the principal jurisdiction in which the Group operates. 

We identified the greatest risk of material impact on the financial statements 
from  irregularities,  including  fraud,  to  be  the  override  of  controls  by 
management.  Our  audit  procedures  to  respond  to  these  risks  included 
enquiries  of  management  and  those  charged  with  governance  about  their 
own  identification  and  assessment  of  the  risks  of  irregularities,  used  data 
analytics techniques to identify any unusual transactions, sample testing on 
the posting of journals, and reviewing accounting estimates for biases where 
significant judgements are involved. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc

68

 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 October 2023

2023

2022

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Manufacturing, distribution and selling costs

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Adjusted operating profit1
Intangible amortisation, goodwill impairment and share-

based payments
Non-recurring items

Group operating profit

Interest income 

Interest expense

Share of profits in joint ventures accounted for using the 

equity method

Share of tax incurred by joint ventures

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense) / income
Items that will reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

- net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to 
equity, net of tax

- recycle cashflow hedge to income statement

Other comprehensive (expense) / income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Basic Earnings per 25p share

Diluted Earnings per 25p share   

2

4

5

5

6

3

3

18

7

10

12

12

528
 (1,286)

865

(192)

735,877
(656,829)

79,048
(60,060)
(10,020)
371

9,339

(468)

(82)

8,789

(758)

673

8,704

(1,776)

6,928

49

(83)

(34)

6,894

30.75p
30.31p

166
(656)

808

(132)

713,034
(622,228)

90,806
(59,386)
(9,307)
335

22,448

(416)

(1,094)

20,938

(490)

676

21,124

(3,982)

17,142

(2,462)

2,336

(126)

17,016

82.72p
80.65p

1Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets, goodwill impairment, share-based payment expense and non-recurring items.

The notes on pages 74 to 113 form part of these financial statements. 

69

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Consolidated and Company Balance Sheet

For the year ended 31 October 2023
Registered Number 2704051

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Goodwill

Intangible assets

Investment property

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investment in subsidiaries

Investments accounted for using equity method

Derivative financial instruments

CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Loans to joint venture

Current tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings                                            

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Derivative financial instruments

NET CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY
Share capital

Share premium 

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total Equity

Note

13

14

15

16

16, 24

17

17

25

19

20

20

18

20

23

25

23

24

21

21

22

25

23

24

21

25

26

27

Group

2023

£000

15,530

4,960

1,850

24,598

14,129

-

4,407

54

65,528

55,456

81,276

-

639

-

31,055

209

168,635

234,163

(2,595)

(3,762)

(75,694)

-

(257)

-

(432)

(82,740)

85,895

(4,743)

(9,213)

(9)

(8)

(2,219)

(16,192)

(98,932)

135,231

5,739

43,482

4,080

81,930

135,231

2022

£000

16,133

4,936

1,850

20,840

8,202

-

4,101

1

56,063

71,095

96,575

-

1,067

-

31,177

598

200,512

256,575

(3,043)

(3,344)

(105,015)

-

(1,639)

(345)

(53)

(113,439)

87,073

(6,640)

(3,999)

(36)

(80)

(1,680)

(12,435)

(125,874)

130,701

5,585

42,130

4,267

78,719

130,701

Company

2023

£000

-

-

1,850

9,870

543

54,203

191

-

66,657

-

-

3,629

639

23

7,312

-

11,603

78,260

(2,595)

(102)

(306)

(423)

-

-

-

(3,426)

8,177

(4,743)

(450)

-

-

-

(5,193)

(8,619)

69,641

5,739

43,482

3,808

16,612

69,641

restated *
2022 

£000

-

-

1,850

9,333

-

55,108

191

-

66,482

-

9

2,109

1,067

102

10,919

-

14,206

80,688

(3,043)

-

(2,722)

(59)

-

-

-

(5,824)

8,382

(6,640)

-

-

-

-

(6,640)

(12,464)

68,224

5,585

42,130

3,961

16,548

68,224

* restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

The Company generated profit after tax of £3,781,000 (2022: profit of £3,415,000). The 
financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 29 January 2024 and signed 
on its behalf. The notes on pages 74 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

Steve Ellwood
Cadeirydd

Rob Thomas
Group Finance Director

70

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

As at 31 October 2023

Group

At 31 October 2021

Profit for the year 

Share
capital

£000

5,075
-

Share 
premium 
account
£000

31,600
-

Other
reserves

£000

3,868
-

Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to 
equity, net of tax
Recycle cashflow hedge to Income Statement

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised 
directly in equity:
Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of 
the Company

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

-

262

262

Cash Flow 
Hedge 
reserve 
£000

263
-

(2,462)

2,336

(126)

Retained 
earnings

Total

£000

£000

64,916
17,142

105,722
17,142

-

(2,462)

17,142

2,336

17,016

-

-

-

-

-

(3,339)

-

11,040

(3,339)

262

(3,339)

7,963

At 31 October 2022

5,585

42,130

4,130

137

78,719

130,701

Profit for the year 
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges 
taken to equity, net of tax

Recycle cashflow hedge to Income Statement

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised 
directly in equity:
Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Own shares acquired by ESOP trust

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Recycle of equity remuneration reserves

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

154

1,352

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of 
the Company

154

1,352

-

-

-

-

-

-

(225)

258

(186)

(153)

-

49

(83)

(34)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6,928

6,928

-

-

49

(83)

6,928

6,894

-

(3,868)

-

-

151

1,506

(3,868)

(225)

258

(35)

(3,717)

(2,364)

At 31 October 2023

5,739

43,482

3,9770

103

81,930

135,231

All values are derived from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 74 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

71

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Company Statement of Changes in Equity

As at 31 October 2023

Company

At 31 October 2021

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity:

Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Share 
capital 

£000

5,075

Share 
premium
account
£000

31,600

Other
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Total

£000

3,699

£000

£000

16,472

56,846

-

-

-

-

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

262

262

3,415

3,415

3,415

3,415

-

(3,339)

-

(3,339)

11,040

(3,339)

262

7,963

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

510

10,530

At 31 October 2022

5,585

42,130

3,961

16,548

68,224

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity:

Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Own shares acquired by ESOP trust

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Recycle of equity remuneration reserves

-

-

-

-

154

1,352

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

154

1,352

-

-

-

-

(225)

258

(186)

(153)

3,781

3,781

3,781

3,781

-

(3,868)

-

151

1,506

(3,868)

(225)

258

(35)

(3,717)

(2,364)

At 31 October 2023

5,739

43,482

3,808

16,612

69,641

The notes on pages 74 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

There was no other comprehensive income during the current and prior years.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

72

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statement

As at 31 October 2023

Group

Company

Note

33

3

3

16

35

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations

Interest received

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash generated / (used) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of business and assets, net of cash acquired

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired                    

Receipt of repayment of short term loans to joint ventures               

Payment of short term loan to ESOP trust

Disposal of investments

Dividends received from joint ventures

Dividends received from subsidiaries

2023
£000

20,272

528

(822)

(2,763)

17,215

256

(5,761)

-

(2,709)

428

(195)

-

367

-

2022
£000

13,839

166

(399)

(3,342)

10,264

264

(3,560)

(98)

(10,136)

2,252

-

7

4

-

Net cash (used in) / generated by investing activities

(7,614)

(11,267)

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital

Proceeds from new loans

Lease payments

Repayment of borrowings 

Dividends paid to shareholders

Net cash generated from / (used in) financing activities

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Effects of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

27

23

24, 34

34

11

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

23

*restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

The notes on pages 74 to 113 form part of these financial statements.

1,471

26

(5,042)

(2,371)

(3,868)

(9,784)

(183)

61

31,177

31,055

11,040

9,485

(4,229)

(474)

(3,339)

12,483

11,480

56

19,641

31,177

restated *
2022
 £000

(10,154)

-

(171)

-

2023
£000

(827)

158

(515)

-

(1,184)

(10,325)

-

(1,038)

-

(1,095)

428

(195)

-

367

3,950

2,417

1,471

26

(98)

(2,371)

(3,868)

(4,840)

(3,607)

-

10,919

7,312

-

(905)

-

(11,147)

2,252

-

-

4

5,438

(4,358)

11,040

9,485

-

(474)

(3,339)

16,712

2,029

-

8,890

10,919

73

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Principal Accounting Policies

GENERAL INFORMATION
Wynnstay Group Plc has a number of operations. These are described in the segmental analysis in note 2.

Wynnstay  Group  Plc  is  a  company  incorporated  and  domiciled  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The  address  of  its  registered  office  is  Eagle  House, 
Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ. The Company has its listing on AIM, part of the London Stock Exchange.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Group and Company’s principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted International Accounting Standards. The Group and 
Company’s financial statements have been prepared under the historical 
cost convention other than certain assets which are at deemed cost 
under the transition rules, and certain financial instruments which are 
explained  in  the  relevant  section  below.  A  summary  of  the  material 
Group and Company’s accounting policies is set out below, and these 
have been applied consistently.

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  UK 
adopted  International  Accounting  Standards  requires  the  use  of 
certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during  the  reporting  period.  Although  these  estimates  are  based  on 
management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual 
results ultimately may differ from those estimates.

The Group has taken advantage of the audit exemption available under 
section 479(A) of the Companies Act 2006 for five of its subsidiaries, 
Glasson  Group  (Lancaster)  Limited  (company  number  03230345), 
Youngs Animal Feeds Limited (company number 04128486), Humphrey 
Poultry  (Holdings)  Limited  (company  number  13882065),  Humphrey 
Feeds  Limited  (company  number  00884405)  and  Humphrey  Pullets 
Limited  (company  number  06780228).    The  Company  has  provided 
parent guarantees to these subsidiaries which have taken advantage 
of the exemption from audit.

GOING CONCERN

The  Directors  have  prepared  the  financial  information  presented  for 
the Group and Company on a going concern basis having considered 
the principal risks to the business and the possible impact of plausible 
downside trading scenarios. The Board have concluded that they have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company has adequate 
resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable 
future,  and  that  the  going  concern  assumption  is  appropriate.  The 
recent  impact  of  the  Covid-19  pandemic  is  no  longer  considered  a 
major risk to the Group’s business.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect 
its  future  development,  performance  and  position  are  set  out  in  the 
outlook comments of the Chairman’s Statement and Chief Executive’s 
Review sections of the Strategic report on pages 15 to 22. The financial 
position of the Group and the principal risks and uncertainties are also 
described in the Strategic report.

The  Group  has  a  sound  financial  base  and  forecasts  that  show 
profitable trading and sufficient cash flow and resources to meet the 
requirements  of  the  business,  including  compliance  with  banking 
covenants and on-going liquidity. In assessing their view of the likely 
future  financial  performance  of  the  Group,  the  Directors  consider 
industry  outlooks  from  a  variety  of  sources,  and  various  trading 
scenarios.  This  analysis  showed  that  the  Group  is  well  placed  to 
manage  its  business  risks  successfully  despite  the  current  uncertain 
economic  outlook.  More  detail  on  outlook  is  contained  within  the 
Strategic Report on page 3-33.

In  conclusion,  the  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that 
the  Group  and  Company  have  adequate  resources  to  continue  in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual 
financial statements.

The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements  of  Wynnstay  Group  Plc  (‘the  Company’)  and  entities 
controlled by Wynnstay Group Plc (its ‘subsidiaries’) together with the 
Group’s share of the results of its joint ventures and associates.

Where the company has control over an investee, it is classified as a 
subsidiary. The company controls an investee if all three of the following 
elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable 
returns  from  the  investee,  and  the  ability  of  the  investor  to  use  its 
power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever 
facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a change in any of 
these elements of control.

De-facto  control  exists  in  situations  where  the  company  has  the 
practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee without 
holding  the  majority  of  the  voting  rights.  In  determining  whether  de- 
facto  control  exists  the  company  considers  all  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances, including:

•  the size of the company’s voting rights relative to both the size and 

dispersion of other parties who hold voting rights;

•  substantive  potential  voting  rights  held  by  the  company  and  by 

other parties;

•  other contractual arrangements; and

•  historic patterns in voting attendance.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  present  the  results  of  the 
company and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) as if they formed a single 
entity.  Intercompany  transactions  and  balances  between  Group 
companies are therefore eliminated in full.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  results  of 
business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method.  In  the  balance 
sheet,  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent 
liabilities  are  initially  recognised  at  their  fair  values  at  the  acquisition 
date.  The  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  is  assessed  using 
management judgement to reflect the likelihood of the pertinent matters 
being achieved. The results of acquired operations are included in the 
consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income  from  the  date  on 
which control is obtained. They are deconsolidated from the date on 
which control ceases.

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence 
but  not  control,  generally  accompanied  by  a  share  of  between  20% 
and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the 
Group has joint control. Investments in joint ventures and associates 
are accounted for using the equity method. In the Company financial 
statements, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
are accounted for at cost.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue  is  income  arising  for  the  sale  of  goods  and  services  in  the 
ordinary  course  of  the  Group’s  activities,  net  of  value  added  taxes 
and discounts. Revenue is recognised when performance obligations 
are  satisfied,  and  control  has  transferred  to  the  customer.  Although 
the  Group  does  provide  some  services  (agronomy,  such  as  analysis 
of  nutritional  content  of  silage  samples),  the  majority  of  the  revenue 
relates  to  sale  of  goods  and  consequently  the  level  of  judgement 
required to determine the transaction price or the timing of transfer of 
control is low. All revenue is derived from UK operations. The Group 
uses two main operating segments which relate to how our customers 
purchase products, as described below:

74

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Principal Accounting Policies continued

Agriculture

For feed, seed, fertiliser and other agricultural products sold in bulk to 
farmer customers, revenue is recognised on collection by, or delivery 
to,  the  customer  and  the  Group  had  evidence  that  all  criteria  for 
acceptance have been satisfied.

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting

For goods sold in depots, revenue is recognised at the point of sale. 
For  goods  sold  through  catalogues  or  online,  revenue  is  recognised 
on collection by, or delivery to, the customer. Some contracts provide 
customers with a limited right of return, but historical experience has 
shown that the value of these returns is immaterial.

Additionally  the  Group  recognises  an  “Others”  segment  for  any 
minor peripheral activities not readily attributable to either of the main 
segments.

Standard customer payments terms exist across the Group and vary 
in detail depending on the commercial activity and product category, 
but are agreed in advance in appropriate trading terms.

FINANCE INCOME

Finance income is recognised when it is probable that the economic 
benefits  will  flow  to  the  Group  and  the  amount  of  revenue  can  be 
measured  reliably.  Finance  income  is  accrued  on  a  time  basis,  by 
reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable.

AMORTISATION  OF  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS,  SHARE-BASED 
PAYMENTS AND NON-RECURRING EXPENSE ITEMS 

Amortisation  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  share-based  payment 
expense and non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by 
nature are presented within their relevant income statement category 
but highlighted separately on the face of the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income and within a note to the financial statements, 
see  note  5.  The  separate  disclosure  of  profit  before  these  items 
helps  provide  a  better  indication  of  the  Group’s  underlying  business 
performance  as  discussed  in  the  non-IFRS  alternative  performance 
measure ‘Underlying pre-tax profit’ in note 36 to the Accounts.

Events which may give rise to non-recurring items include, but are not 
limited to, gains or losses on the disposal of subsidiaries/businesses, 
gains or losses on the disposal or revaluation of properties, gains or 
losses on the disposal of investments, the restructuring of the business, 
the integration of new businesses, acquisition related costs, changes 
to  estimates  in  relation  to  deferred  and  contingent  consideration  for 
prior period business combinations and asset impairments including 
impairment of goodwill.

EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT COSTS  

The  Group  operates  a  number  of  defined  contribution  pension 
schemes.  Contributions  to  these  schemes  are  charged  to  the 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income as they are incurred, in 
accordance with the rules of the scheme.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the 
acquired entity at the date of the acquisition. At the date of acquisition, 
goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash  generating  units  for  the  purpose  of 
impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and assessed 
for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in 
the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. Once recognised, an 
impairment of goodwill is not reversed.  

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  any 
indication  that  a  non-financial  asset  may  be  impaired.  Where  an 
indicator  of  impairment  exists,  the  Group  makes  an  estimate  of 
recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds 

75

its  recoverable  amount  the  asset  is  written  down  to  its  recoverable 
amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use and is considered for each individual asset. If the 
asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  that  are  largely  independent  of 
those from other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount 
of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. 
Discount rates reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of 
money are used for the value in use calculation.

INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

Investment property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, 
is  initially  measured  at  cost  and  subsequently  stated  at  fair  value  at 
the reporting date, as determined by the directors and is periodically 
supported by external valuers. Gains or losses arising from changes 
in the fair value of investment property are recognised in the income 
statement in the period in which they arise.

Gains or losses on disposal of an investment property are recognised 
in the income statement on the unconditional completion of the sale. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated 
depreciation and any provision for impairment losses. Depreciation is 
provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual 
value of fixed assets over their expected useful lives as follows:

•  freehold property 2.5% - 5% per annum straight line;

•  leasehold  land  and  building  and  right  of  use  assets  is  over  the 

period of the lease;

•  plant and machinery and office equipment 10% - 33% per annum 

straight line; and

•  motor vehicles 20% - 30% per annum straight line.

If the expenditure provides incremental future benefits so that it improves 
the earning capacity or extends the life of the non-current asset beyond 
its originally intended useful economic life, then it is treated as capital 
expenditure. This is usually the case with non-climate compliant assets 
where the Group seeks to modify appropriate assets where possible 
as  it  works  towards  its  zero-carbon  footprint  commitment  which  is 
detailed  in  the  strategic  report.  Climate  uncertainty  does  not  have  a 
material  impact  on  the  assessment  of  useful  lives  as  the  assets  are 
considered to be fit for purpose over the assessed useful economic 
lives with reasonable repairs and maintenance.

The  impact  of  historical  climate  related  incidents  indicates  that  any 
financial  impact  on  physical  assets,  including  adapting  them  for  use 
is  addressed  by  our  existing  capital  programme.  Major  renovations 
are  depreciated  over  the  remaining  useful  life  of  the  related  asset  or 
to the date of the next major renovation, whichever is sooner. Gains 
and losses on disposals are calculated by comparing proceeds with 
carrying amount and are included in the income statement. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Following  initial  recognition  of  an  intangible  asset,  the  cost  model  is 
applied  requiring  the  asset  to  be  held  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 
amortisation  and  impairment.  Amortisation  begins  when  the  asset  is 
ready for use.

The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination with 
a definite useful life (three to eight years) is amortised on a straight-line 
basis, with the carrying value being its fair value at the acquisition date. 
Where intangibles (including brands) have an indefinite life, they are not 
amortised, but assessed for impairment during the year. See Note 14 
for details on intangibles movement during the period.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Recognition and derecognition 

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  when  the 
Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial 
instrument.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Principal Accounting Policies continued

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the 
cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset 
and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial 
liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled 
or expires.

Classification and initial measurement of financial assets 

Except  for  those  trade  receivables  that  do  not  contain  a  significant 
financing  component  and  are  measured  at  the  transaction  price  in 
accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at 
the transaction price (where applicable).

Financial assets, other than those designated and effective as hedging 
instruments, are classified into the following categories:

•  amortised cost

•  fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

•  fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). 

The classification is determined by both:

•  the entity’s business model for managing the financial asset

•  the contract cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. 

Subsequent measurement of financial assets  

Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost 

Financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they 
meet the following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL):

•  they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold 
the  financial  assets  or  satisfy  the  financial  liabilities  through  the 
associated contractual cash flows or 

•  the contractual terms of the financial assets and liabilities give rise 
to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on 
the principal amount outstanding.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Financial assets that are held within a different business model other 
than ‘hold to collect’ or ‘hold to collect and sell’ are categorised at fair 
value through profit and loss. Further, irrespective of business model 
financial assets whose contractual cash flows are not solely payments 
of  principal  and  interest  are  accounted  for  at  FVTPL.  All  derivative 
financial instruments fall into this category, except for those designated 
and effective as hedging instruments, for which the hedge accounting 
requirements apply (see below), and will be charged through cost of 
sales in the income statement.

Impairment of financial assets  

impairment 

IFRS  9’s 
forward-looking 
information to recognise expected credit losses – the ‘expected credit 
loss (ECL) model’.

requirements  use  more 

Instruments  included  loans  and  other  debt-type  financial  assets 
measured  at  amortised  cost  and  FVOCI, 
receivables, 
contract  assets  recognised  and  measured  under  IFRS  15  and  loan 
commitments and some financial guarantee contracts (for the issuer) 
that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

trade 

Recognition of credit losses is dependent on the Group first identifying 
a  credit  loss  event.  Instead,  the  Group  considers  a  broader  range 
of  information  when  assessing  credit  risk  and  measuring  expected 
credit  losses,  including  past  events,  current  conditions,  reasonable 
and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the 
future cash flows of the asset.

Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a prob- 
ability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the 
financial asset. For large one-off balances where there is no historical 
experience,  analysis  is  completed  in  respect  of  several  reasonably 
possible scenarios.

Other Investments 

Investments  are  measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statement  of  financial 
position,  with  value  changes  recognised  in  profit  or  loss,  except  for 
those equity investments for which the Group has specifically elected 
to present fair value changes are then shown in ‘other comprehensive 
income’.  Cost  is  used  as  an  appropriate  estimate  of  the  fair  value 
for  investments  where  in  limited  cases  there  is  insufficient,  recent 
information available to measure fair value.

Trade and other receivables and loans to joint ventures 

Trade  receivables  are  initially  recognised  at  their  transaction  price. 
When  a  trade  receivable  is  uncollectible,  it  is  written  off  against  the 
impairment provision for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written off are credited against costs in the income 
statement.  Short-term  trade  receivables  do  not  carry  any  interest 
and  are  stated  at  their  amortised  cost,  as  reduced  by  appropriate 
allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

The  Group  makes  use  of  a  simplified  approach  in  accounting  for 
trade and other receivables and records the loss allowance as lifetime 
expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual 
cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the 
life of the financial instrument.

The Group uses its historical experience, external indicators and for- 
ward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses.

The  Group  assess  impairment  of  trade  receivables  on  a  collective 
basis where they possess shared credit risk characteristics, they have 
been grouped based on sector industry global default rates. Refer to 
Note 20 for a detailed analysis of how the impairment requirements of 
IFRS 9 are applied.

Financial liabilities and equity 

Financial  liabilities  and  equity  instruments  are  classified  according  to 
the  substance  of  the  contractual  arrangements  entered.  An  equity 
instrument is any contract that provides a residual interest in the assets 
of  a  business  after  deducting  all  other  liabilities.  Equity  instruments 
is- sued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of 
direct issue costs.

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities 

The  Group’s  financial  liabilities  include  borrowings,  trade  and  other 
payables, derivative financial instruments and lease liabilities.

Financial  liabilities  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  and,  where 
applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Group designated 
a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.

Subsequently,  financial  liabilities  are  measured  at  amortised  cost 
using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial 
liabilities  designated  at  FVTPL,  which  are  carried  subsequently  at 
fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than 
derivative  financial  instruments  that  are  designated  and  effective  as 
hedging instruments).

All  interest-related  charges  and,  if  applicable,  changes  in  an 
instrument’s fair value that are reported in profit or loss are included 
within finance costs.

Borrowings

Interest-bearing  bank  loans  and  overdrafts  are  initially  recorded  at 
fair  value,  net  of  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost 
with  any  difference  between  proceeds  and  redemption  value  being 
recognised  in  the  Group  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive 
Income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis.

Prepaid fees in relation to issuance of debt are held on the Balance 
Sheet  on  the  basis  that  such  issuance  is  considered  probable.  If 
issues do not occur, or are deemed not to be probable, such fees are 
recognised in the income statement.

76

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Principal Accounting Policies continued

Financial guarantees 

Where  composite  financial  guarantees  (not  within  the  definition  of 
IFRS  9)  over  the  general  bank  obligations  of  subsidiaries  for  debt 
instruments held at amortised cost exist, such balances are netted in 
Balance Sheet. 

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at 
their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  used  to  manage  exposure  to 
market risks. The principal derivative instruments used by Wynnstay are 
foreign exchange forward contracts and futures. The Group does not 
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. Derivative financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair 
value. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do 
not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognised  immediately  in  the 
income statement. 

Hedge accounting  

At  inception  of  the  hedge  relationship,  the  group  documents  the 
economic  relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged 
items,  including  whether  changes  in  the  cash  flows  of  the  hedging 
instruments  are  expected  to  offset  changes  in  the  cash  flows  of 
hedged  items.  The  group  documents  its  risk  management  objective 
and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions.   

Derivatives  designated  as  hedging  instruments  are  classified  at 
inception of hedge relationship as cash flow hedges. Changes in the 
fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised 
in  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  extent  that  the  hedges  are 
effective. Ineffective portions are recognised in profit or loss immediately. 
Amounts deferred in other comprehensive income are reclassified to 
the  income  statement  when  the  hedged  item  affects  profit  or  loss. 
When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  or  when  a  hedge  no 
longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or 
loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income 
statement.  When  or  if  a  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected 
to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  that  was  reported  in  equity  is 
immediately transferred in full to the income statement.

Both the ineffective portions and recycled amounts from OCI are put 
through cost of sales, as management consider these to be integral to 
commercial operations, rather than finance related.

Accounting for changes in credit risk 

Accounting standards require that the fair value of financial instruments 
reflects  their  credit  quality  and  also  changes  in  credit  quality  where 
there  is  evidence  that  this  has  occurred.  The  credit  risk  associated 
with  the  Group’s  derivatives  is  reviewed  at  Treasury  Management 
Committee meetings monthly where the impact is not material, due to 
the Group strong financial position.

INVENTORIES 

Inventories (covering raw materials, consumables, finished goods and 
goods  for  resale)  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable 
value. Biological inventories are measured at fair value less estimated 
cost  to  sell  at  the  point  of  harvest.  Cost  comprises  direct  materials 
and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads that 
have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and  condition.  Where  appropriate,  cost  is  calculated  on  a  specific 
identification basis. Otherwise, inventories are valued using the first-in-
first-out method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling 
price less all estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution.

77

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

For  the  purposes  of  the  Balance  Sheet,  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
comprise cash at bank, cash in hand, money market funds and short-
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. For the 
Consolidated and Company statement of cash flows, cash and cash 
equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net 
of outstanding bank overdrafts.  

LEASES 

The  Group  as  a  lessee,  accounts  for  all  leases  by  recognising  a 
right-of-use  asset  and  a  lease  liability.  At  inception,  the  Group 
assess  whether  the  contract  contains  a  lease  or  is  a  lease.  A  lease 
is  determined  when  the  contract  conveys  the  right  to  control  an 
identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The 
Group  recognises  a  right-of-  use  asset  and  a  corresponding  lease 
liability for all lease agreements in which the Group is the lessee at the 
lease commencement date.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises 
the  initial  lease  liability  adjusted  for  any  lease  payment  made  at  or 
before the commencement date, plus any indirect initial costs incurred 
and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset 
or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less 
any lease incentives received.

The  right-of-use  assets  are  then  subsequently  depreciated  using 
the  straight-line  method  or  reducing  balance  method  from  the 
commencement date to the earlier of the lease term or useful life of 
the underlying asset. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators 
of impairment on an annual basis.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease 
payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted at 
the rate implicit in the lease, or, if the rate cannot be determined, the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

The incremental borrowing rate is based on the (i) reference rate, (ii) 
financing  spread  and  (iii)  lease  specific  adjustments.  The  reference 
rate  is  based  on  the  UK  Nominal  Gilts  aligned  with  the  tenor  of  the 
lease  observed  at  the  time  of  signing  the  contract.  The  financing 
spread is based on the term of the debt, level of indebtedness, entity 
and economic environment. 

Lease  payments  included  in  the  measurement  of  lease  liabilities 
includes the following:

•  Fixed payments including in-substance fixed payments;

•  Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially 
measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; and

•  The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual 

value guarantees

The  Group  remeasures  the  lease  liability  when  there  is  a  change  in 
the  future  lease  payments  arising  from  a  change  in  rate  or  index  or, 
a  modification  to  the  lease  that  is  not  accounted  for  as  a  separate 
lease.  In  the  latter  case,  the  lease  liability  is  remeasured  by  using  a 
revised discount rate. When the lease liability has been remeasured, a 
corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right- 
of-use asset or is recorded in the profit or loss account if the carrying 
amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group has opted not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities for low value assets and short-term leases (defined as a lease 
with a lease term of 12 months or less). Instead, the lease payments 
are recognised as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over 
the length of the lease term or on a systematic basis.

CURRENT AND DEFERRED INCOME TAX

The tax charge/credit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. 
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income. In 
this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Principal Accounting Policies continued

Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The 
tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  tax  returns 
with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject 
to  interpretation.  Group  relief  claimed/surrendered  between  UK 
companies is paid for at the applicable tax rate of 22.5% (2022: 19%) 
for the year.

Deferred income taxation is provided in full using the liability method 
on  temporary  differences  arising  between  the  tax  bases  of  assets 
and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  Group’s  financial 
statements, at rates expected to apply when they reverse, based on 
current tax rates and law. Deferred income taxation is not provided on 
the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a 
business combination, if at the time of the transaction there is no effect 
on either accounting or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that there are 
future taxable temporary differences from the unwind of the deferred 
income  tax  liabilities,  against  which  these  deductible  temporary 
differences can be utilised or other future taxable profits. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred income taxation is 
determined using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted, or 
substantively enacted during the year and are expected to apply in the 
periods in which the related deferred tax asset or liability is reversed. 
No material uncertain tax positions exist as at 31 October 2023.

DEFERRED INCOMEl

Amounts  received  prior  to  the  delivery  of  goods  and  services  are 
recorded as deferred income and released to the income statement 
as they are provided.

PROVISIONS

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation 
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured at the best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
reporting date and are discounted, where material, to present value 
using a current, pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the 
risks specific to the liability.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed 
a  detailed  formal  plan  for  the  restructuring  and  has  raised  a  valid 
expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by 
starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those 
affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes 
only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, which are 
those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring 
and not associated with the ongoing activities of the Group.

SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary  shares  are  classified  as  equity  and  are  recorded  at  the  par 
value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, allowing for any 
reductions in the par value. Where shares are issued above par value, 
the proceeds in excess of par value are recorded in the share premium 
account.  Where  shares  have  been  issued  following  the  exercise 
of  eligible  nil-cost  employee  options,  previously  expensed  equity 
remuneration reserves are recycled to share capital at par value only.

DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION

A dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as 
a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the 

shareholders’ right to receive payment of the dividend is established.  

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, which 
is the parent company’s functional currency.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are initially recorded in 
the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates 
of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are retranslated into Sterling at the rates of exchange ruling 
at the reporting date. Differences arising on translation are charged or 
credited to the income statement. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES 

The  Group  makes  certain  judgements  and  assumptions  about  the 
measurement  of  certain  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses.  
These  assessments  are  continually  evaluated  based  on  historic 
experience and expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  Actual  experience  may  differ 
from these estimates and assumptions, however we believe these are 
not significant nor likely to cause a material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. The main 
categories include:

Business  combinations  -  Where  valuation  techniques  are  used  to 
determine the fair value of certain assets and liabilities acquired in a 
business combination, including estimates of the fair value of contingent 
consideration, which is dependent on the outcome of variables such 
as future trade or profitability. See note 35 to the accounts.

Intangible  asset  impairment  reviews  -  An  impairment  review  is 
conducted  annually  on  intangible  assets  which  are  not  being 
amortised.  Such  reviews  include  management  making  judgements 
of appropriate discount and growth rates, together with estimates of 
future cashflows. See note 13 to the accounts. 

Climate  change  -  The  Group  has  considered  climate  change  as 
part  of  the  cashflow  projections  within  going  concern,  impairment 
assessments  and  viability,  and  the  impact  of  climate  change  is  not 
deemed to have a significant impact on these assessments currently 
and therefore they are not deemed to be a key source of estimation 
uncertainty. The Group will continue to monitor the impacts of climate 
change over the coming years.

78

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 October 2023

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION & SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and 
related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.  

Changes in accounting policies and disclosures

a) New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 31 October 2022

New standards impacting the Group adopted in the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 October 2023, and which have given rise 
to changes in the Group’s accounting policies but have not had any significant impact on adoption are as follows:

•  Amendments  to  IAS  8  Accounting  policies,  Changes  in  Accounting  Estimates  and  Errors:  Definition  of 

Accounting Estimates (issued on 27 August 2020)

•  Amendments  to  IAS  1  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  and  IFRS  Practice  Statement  2:  Disclosure  of 

Accounting policies (issued on 12 February 2021)

•  Amendments  to  IAS  12  Income  Taxes:  Deferred  Tax  related  to  Assets  and  Liabilities  arising  from  a  Single 

Transaction (issued 7 May 2021)

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly affect 
the current or future periods.

b) New accounting pronouncements, that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Group, to be adopted on or after 1 
January 2024

•  Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 Supplier Finance Arrangements (issued on 28 Nov 2023)

1 January 2024

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current 

(published on 23 January 2020)

•  Amendments to to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements including Non-current Liabilities with Covenants and 

Deferral of Effective Date Amendment (published on 12 July 2020) 

1 January 2024

1 January 2024

•  Amendments to IFRS 16 Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback arrangement (issued 11 May 2023)

1 January 2024

•  Amendments to IAS 12 International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules (issued 19 July 2023)

1 January 2024

The new and amended standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB that will apply for the first time in the next annual financial statements 
are not expected to impact the Group as they are either not relevant to the Group’s activities or require accounting which is consistent with the 
Group’s current accounting policies.

79

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. SEGMENTAL REPORTING
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information about the components of the Group that are 
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance.

The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (‘the Board’). The Board reviews the Group’s internal reporting 
in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Board has determined that the operating segments, based on these reports are 
Agriculture, Specialist Agricultural Merchanting and Other.

The Board considers the business from a product/service perspective. In the Board’s opinion, all of the Group’s operations are carried out in the 
same geographical segment, namely the United Kingdom.

Agriculture – Manufacturing and supply of animal feeds, fertiliser, seeds and associated agricultural products.

Specialist – Agricultural Merchanting – supplies a wide range of specialist products to farmers, smallholders, and pet owners. 

Other – Miscellaneous operations not classified as Agriculture or Specialist Agricultural Merchanting.

The  Board  assesses  the  performance  of  the  operating  segments  based  on  a  measure  of  operating  profit.  Non-recurring  costs  and  finance 
income and costs are not included in the segment result that is assessed by the Board. Other information provided to the Board is measured in 
a manner consistent with that in the financial statements. No segment is individually reliant on any one customer.

All revenue during the current and prior financial years have arisen from revenue recognised at a point in time.

The segment results for the year ended 31 October 2023 are as follows:

Year ended 31 October 2023

Revenue from external customers
Segment result
Group operating profit before non-recurring items
Share of results of joint ventures before tax

Non-recurring items

Interest income
Interest expense

Profit before tax from operations

Income taxes (includes tax of joint ventures)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders from operations

Other information :
Depreciation and amortisation
Non-current asset additions including acquisitions

Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Add corporate net cash (note 23)
Less corporate and deferred tax liabilities 
Net assets
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in 
joint ventures and associates

Agriculture

Specialist 
Agricultural 
Merchanting 

£000

£000

584,313

151,475

2,849
802
3,651

6,101
27
6,128

Other

£000

89

(79)
36
(43)

3,922
11,747

129,542
(57,306)

2,565
5,107

71,541
(20,632)

14
5

3,820
-

3,105

136

1,078

There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.

Total

£000

735,877

8,871
865
9,736

(82)

528
(1,286)

8,896

(1,968)

6,928

6,501
16,859

204,903
(77,938)
126,965
10,742
(2,476)
135,231

4,319

80

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. SEGMENTAL REPORTING continued

The segment results for the year ended 31 October 2022 are as follows:

Year ended 31 October 2022

£000

£000

Specialist 
Agricultural 
Merchanting 

Agriculture

Other

£000

Total

£000

Revenue from external customers

Segment result
Group operating profit before non-recurring items

Share of results of joint ventures and associates before tax

Non-recurring items

Interest income

Interest expense

Profit before tax from operations

Income taxes (includes tax of joint ventures and associates)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders from operations

Other Information:
Depreciation and amortisation
Non-current asset additions including acquisitions

Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Add corporate net cash (note 23)
Less corporate and deferred tax liabilities

Net Assets
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in joint 
ventures and associates

564,263

148,771

-

713,034

14,108

553

14,661

7,939

8

7,947

(15)

247

232

3,772
13,490

146,008
(80,906)

2,591
1,260

75,099
(24,544)

12
-

4,212
-

22,032

808

22,840

(1,094)

166

(656)

21,256

(4,114)

17,142

6,375
14,750

225,319
(105,450)
119,869
14,151
(3,319)

130,701

2,746

117

1,150

4,013

There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.

3. FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS 

Interest expense:

Interest payable on borrowings

Interest payable on leases

Interest receivable:

Interest received from bank deposits

Interest received from customers

Net finance costs

4. OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Rental income 

Investment income

81

2023
£000

(822)

(464)

(1,286)

317

211

528

(758)

2023

£000

369

2

371

2022
£000

(399)

(257)

(656)

66

100

166

(490)

2022

£000

333

2

335

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

5. AMORTISATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS, SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS AND NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets, and share-based 
payments

Amortisation of intangibles  
Cost of share-based remuneration

Non-recurring items
Business combination expenses
Business reorganisation expenses
Fair value change in Investment property

Non-recurring items consisted of 
in 2023:

2023
£000

210
258
468

28
54
-
82

•  Business combination expenses in relation to the acquisition of Tamar Milling Limited in November 2022.

•  Business reorganisation expenses made during the year at Glasson Grain Limited.

in 2022:

•  Business combination expenses in relation to the acquisition of Humphreys Poultry (Holdings) Limited in March 2022

•  The fair value change in investment property followed a professional valuation carried out by BNP Paribas Real Estate in July 2022.

6. GROUP OPERATING PROFIT

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:

Staff costs

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Depreciation of property plant and equipment.  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangibles  

Fair value (gains) / losses on derivative financial instruments  

Hedge ineffectiveness for the period  

(Profit) on disposal of fixed assets

Loss / (Profit) on disposal of right-of-use asset 

Other short term and low value lease rental payments (see note 24)

Services provided by the Group’s auditor

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor:

Audit services – statutory audit

2023
£000

38,430

646,673

2,312

4,189 

210

809

(50)

(121)

2

323

2023
£000

225

2022
£000

154
262
416

572
-
522
1,094

2022
£000

37,724

617,170

2,290

4,085 

154

(627)

104

(132)

(86)

349

2022
£000

175

Included in the Group audit fee are fees of £32,500 (2022: £25,000) paid to the Group’s auditor in respect of the Parent Company. The fees relating 
to the Parent Company are borne by one of the Group’s subsidiaries and not recharged.

7. SHARE OF POST-TAX PROFITS OF JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

Share of post-tax profits in joint ventures

Total share of post-tax profits of joint ventures

2023
£000

673

673

2022
£000

676

676

82

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

8. STAFF COSTS 

The aggregate payroll costs, including Directors’ emoluments, charged in the financial statements for the Group were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension and other costs

Cost of share-based reward

2023
£000

33,251

3,292

1,629

258

38,430

The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Administration

Production

Sales, distribution and depots

2023
No.

115

146

683

944

2022
£000

32,688

3,318

1,456

262

37,724

2022
No.

120

139

684

943

The parent company did not have any employees in the current or prior year other than executive directors who are remunerated by other Group 
Companies, and four non-executive directors with a gross cost categorised as fees of £240,000 (2022: £220,000) not included in the above sums. 

9. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Directors’ emoluments

Social security costs

Company contributions to money purchase pension schemes

Aggregate gains made on the exercise of Approved options 

2023
£000

1,208

176

38

142

1,564

2022
£000

1,039

142

48

16

1,245

Details  of  the  Directors’  interest  in  the  share  capital  of  the  company,  including  outstanding  share  options  at  the  year  end,  are  provided  in  the 
Directors’ Report. The following remuneration detail is provided in accordance with AIM Rule 19.

Name of Director

Executives 

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas (appointed to the Board 2 October 2023)

Non-Executives 

Steve Ellwood

Philip Kirkham (retired from the Board 24 May 2023)

Howell Richards

Catherine Bradshaw

Steven Esom (appointed to the Board 18 April 2023)

83

2023
£000 

573

381

35

75

31

43

44

26

1,208

2022 
£000

492

352

n/a

71

42

40

42

n/a

1,039

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

9. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION  continued
Retirement benefits are accruing to the following number of directors:

Money purchase pension scheme

Contribution paid by the Group to money purchase pension schemes in respect of such directors were:

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Rob Thomas (appointed to the Board 2 October 2023)

Gains made on the exercise of approved share options schemes in respect of such directors were:

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

10. TAXATION
Analysis of tax charge in year:

Current tax

- operating activities

- adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax
- accelerated capital allowances
- other temporary and deductible differences

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge for the year

2023
£000

1,474

(93)

1,381

438
(43)

395

1,776

2023
No.

3
£000

24

12

2

38

2023
£000

76

66

142

2022
No.

2
£000

28

20

n/a

48

2022
£000

16

-

16

2022
£000

3,627

136

3,763

(76)
295

219

3,982

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2022: lower) than the standard rate of Corporation Tax in the UK applicable to the Group of 22.5% 
(2022: 19%) and is explained as follows:

Current tax

Profit on activities before tax

Profit on activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK of 22.50% (2022: 19.00%)

Effects of:

Tax effect of share of profit of joint ventures and associates

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Non-taxable intangible amortisation and other charges

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years

Short term timing differences

Accelerated capital allowances

Movement on unrecognised deferred tax

Other items

Total tax charge for the year

Factors that may affect future tax charges

2023
£000

8,704

1,958

(192)

66

30

(93)

-

(103)

109

1

1,776

2022
£000

21,124

4,014

(132)

273

-

136

3

(76)

(366)

130

3,982

The main rate of Corporation Tax was raised from 19% to 25% with effect from April 2023, and accordingly only partially impacted the charge for 
the current year, but this will increase proportionately for future periods.

84

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

11. DIVIDENDS

Final dividend paid for prior year

Interim dividend paid for current year

2023
£000

2,608

1,260

3,868

2022
£000

2,134

1,205

3,339

Subsequent to the year end it has been recommended that a final dividend of 11.75p per ordinary share (2022: 11.60p) be paid on 30 April 2024. 
Together with the interim dividend already paid on 31 October 2023 of 5.50p net per ordinary share (2022: 5.40p) this will result in a total dividend 
for the financial year of 17.25p net per ordinary share (2022: 17.00p).

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings attributable to shareholders (£000)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2023

6,928

2022

17,142

2023

6,928

2022

17,142

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year (number ‘000)

22,525

20,722

22,853

21,254

Earnings per ordinary 25p share (pence)

30.75

82.72

30.31

80.65

Basic earnings per 25p ordinary share is calculated by dividing profit for the year from operating activities attributable to ordinary shareholders by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary 
shares (share options) taking into account their exercise price in comparison with the actual average share price during the year.

2023

2022

Weighted average 

Earnings

number of shares 

(number ‘000)

Earnings per 

share

Earnings

Weighted average 
number of shares 
(number ‘000)

Earnings 
per share

Earnings per ordinary 25p share (pence)

Effect of dilutive securities

Share options

Diluted Earnings per ordinary 25p share 
(pence)

6,928

-

6,928

22,525

30.75

17,142

20,722

82.72

328

(0.44)

-

532

(2.07)

22,853

30.31

17,142

21,254

80.65

85

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

13. GOODWILL

After initial recognition, goodwill is subject to annual impairment tests or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might 
be impaired, in accordance with IAS 36.

Group

Cost

At 1 November 2021

Additions – Business Combinations

Impairment Charged

At 31 October 2022 

Additions- Business Combination

Adjustment following completion of 

previous acquisition accounting

At 31 October 2023      

£000’s 
Cost

16,326

1,811

-

18,137

302

(905)

17,534

£000’s
Impairment

£000’s
Net book value

(2,004)

-

-

(2,004)

-

-

(2,004)

14,322

1,811

-

16,133

302

(905)

15,530

During the period, in February 2023, the contingent consideration relating to the acquisition of Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited was settled in 
the sum of £1,095,000. This value was less than the provisionally assessed contingent consideration of £2,000,000, primarily as a result of a change 
in anticipated trading conditions created in part by the impact of Avian Influenza on poultry flocks. As the timing of the recognition of this change was 
within the maximum twelve month period permitted under IFRS 3 for finalising the business combination accounting relating to this transaction, the 
adjustment to the provisionally assessed value of the contingent consideration and the settled amount, has resulted in a reduction in the acquired 
value of goodwill of £905,000. New additions in the year relate to Tamar Milling Limited (see Note 35).  

Goodwill impairment

Goodwill  arising  on  business  combinations  is  not  amortised  but 
is  reviewed  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  frequently  if 
there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill acquired 
in a business combination is allocated to groups of the smallest cash 
generating units at which management monitor that goodwill. 

Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are based on the higher 
of value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is calculated 
from  cash  flow  projections  for  the  next  5  years  using  data  from  the 
Group’s  latest  internal  forecasts,  the  results  of  which  are  reviewed  by 
the Board.

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  specific  cash  generating  units  (“CGU’s”)  as  it 
arises,  and  the  Group  has  a  number  of  CGUs  in  both  the  Agriculture 
and  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  sectors.  The  CGU’s  are 
assessed as legal entities and the only change from the prior year has 
been the addition of a Humphrey CGU within the Agriculture segment 
for the acquisition of Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited. 

The  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  each  CGUs  is  Glasson 
£786,000 (2022: £786,000), Agricultural Supplies £10,232,000 (2022: 
£9,930,000), Grainlink £3,606,000 (2022: £3,606,000) and Humphrey 
£906,000 (2022: £1,811,000).

Annual impairment reviews were performed by comparing the carrying 
value of the cash generating unit with its recoverable amount.

Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding 
discount  rates,  growth  rates  and  cashflows  to  be  achieved  expected 
changes  in  margins.  Management  estimate  discount  rates  using  pre-
tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units. Changes 
in  selling  prices  and  direct  costs  are  based  on  past  experience  and 

expectations  of  future  changes  in  the  market.  Given  the  current 
economic climate, a sensitivity analysis has been performed in assessing 
the recoverable amounts of goodwill.

A pre-tax discount rate of 8.70% was applied for all CGUs (2022: 7.13% 
except Humphrey where a rate of 7.69% was used), 

The  forecasted  cash  flows  are  extrapolated  based  on  a  2  to  5  year 
average growth rate of 1% (2022: 1%) and perpetuity growth rate of 2% 
(2022: 1.5%) for the Humphrey, Agriculture and Specialist Agricultural 
Merchanting CGU’s. The short term growth rate of 1% has been used 
to  reflect  current  specific  UK  market  conditions  and  performance 
expectations based on management opinions for that timeframe, while 
the 5 year plus perpetuity rate of 2% reflects a more realistic historic long 
term growth rate for the UK economy.

All  calculations  indicated  adequate  headroom  in  these  results  for  the 
value in use compared to the carrying value.

Sensitivity  analysis  has  been  considered  for  the  key  assumptions 
by applying a 100 basis point reduction to both the perpetuity growth 
rate and the 2 to 5 year growth rate, and by applying 100 basis point 
increase  to  the  pre-tax  discount  rate.  Each  individual  change,  with  all 
other variables remaining constant, has had no impact on the result of 
the impairment tests for the continuing defined CGU’s.

An impairment would only be triggered if the discount rate was to exceed 
13.36%, which is 4.66% higher than applied in the testing analysis. 

86

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

Cost

Brand

    £000

Key and other 
customer 
accounts
£000

Customer books
£000

Trademarks
£000

Balance as at 1 November 2021

Additions – Business Combination

At 31 October 2022

Additions- Business Combination

(see note 35)

-

3,759

3,759

-

-

1,095

1,095

234

At 31 October 2023

3,759

1,329

Aggregate amortisation

Balance at 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2022

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2023

-

-

-

-

-

Net book value At 31 October 2023

Net book value At 31 October 2022

3,759

3,759

-

113

113

171

284

1,045

982

395

-

395

-

395

163

39

202

38

240

155

193

10

-

10

-

10

6

2

8

1

9

1

2

Total 
£000

405

4,854

5,259

234

5,493

169

154

323

210

533

4,960

4,936

The additions in the year relate to the acquisition of Tamar Milling Limited with the intangible items identified following a purchase price analysis 
review which included a customer accounts value identified using the multiple excess earnings method.  

87

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

15. INVESTMENT PROPERTY  

Investment property relates to a redeveloped retail property in Pwllheli. The amount of rent receivable from the Investment property in the year was 
£182,000 (2022: £211,000). Direct operating expenses associated with this investment property amounted to £4,992 in the year (2022: £17,082).

Group and Company

Balance as at 1 November 2021

Fair value movement

Balance as at 31 October 2022

Balance as at 31 October 2023

2023

£000

2,372

(522)

1,850

1,850

An Investment property valuation carried out by BNP Paribas Real Estate on 24 June 2022 concluded the property had an open market valuation 
of £1,850,000. This market valuation of the investment property was therefore based on a level 2 category valuation where use was made of; sale 
prices per square metre of similar properties in similar locations, observable current market rents per square metre for similar properties in similar 
locations, and property yields derived from recent transactions. Consequentially, the Group and Company recognised a fair value movement charge 
of £522,000 in the prior period which was treated as a non-recurring item in the Income Statement.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
a
a

i
i

l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

88

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Cost

At 1 November 2021

Additions 

Acquisitions

Reclassification

Disposals
Obsolete asset disposals

At 31 October 2022

Additions

Acquisitions (see note 35)

Reclassifications

Disposals

At 31 October 2023

Depreciation

At 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

Reclassifications

Disposals

Obsolete asset disposals

At 31 October 2022

Charge for the year 

Reclassification

Disposals 

Leasehold land 
and buildings
£000

Freehold land 
and buildings
£000

Plant, 
machinery 
and office 
equipment
£000

Motor
vehicles
£000

Right-of-use
assets
£000

1,302

172

-

219

-
-

15,840

755

   1,895

-

23,724

2,552

386

27

3,134

81

285

284

                   -
             (446)

         (830)
       (6,234)

          (204)
        (2,292)

20,770

1,749

210

  (2,760)

          (873)
         (994)

1,693

18,044

19,625

1,288

18,102

463

18

-

-

698

-

(8)

-

2,174

18,734

464

113                                                         

219

-

-

796

114

-

-

6,420

424

-

-

(446)

6,398

436

-

-

4,052

243

53

(118)

23,855

17,550

1,516

-

(790)

(6,234)

12,042

1,438

-

(72)

548

2

168

(178)

1,828

2,820

237

9,775

524

(1,749)

(1,684)

24,968

9,727

4,085

-                (2,449)

(191)                   (469)

(2,292)                   (994)

574

324

48

(105)

841

9,900

4,189

(1,584)

(1,666)

10,839

Total
£000

64,770

5,309

2,776

(2,230)

(1,907)
(9,966)

58,752

15,536

787

(1,536)

(1,980)

71,559

36,981

6,375

(2,230)

(1,450)

(9,966)

29,710

6,501

(1,536)

(1,843)

32,832

At 31 October 2023

910

6,834

13,408

Net book value at 31 October 2023

Net book value at 1 November 2022

1,264

897

11,900

11,646

10,447

7,583

987

714

14,129

8,202

38,727

29,042

During the previous period (2022) a detailed review of historic records contained in the Group’s fixed asset registers were conducted which identified 
all obsolete items which were removed from the accounting records and treated as obsolete asset disposals. The net book value of these items was 
zero, and therefore there was no impact on the carrying fair value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment assets

89

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued  

Company

Cost 

At 1 November 2021

Additions

At 31 October 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 31 October 2023

Depreciation

At 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2022

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Leasehold land and 
buildings
£000

Freehold land and 
buildings
£000

Right-of-use
assets
£000

763

150

913

393

-

14,294

755

15,049

645

-

1,306

15,694

363

89

452

86

538

768

461

5,775

402

6,177

415

6,592

     9,102

8,872

-

-

-

630

-

630

-

-

-

87

87

543

-

Total
£000

15,057

905

15,962

1,668

-

17,630

6,138

491

6,629

588

7,217

10,413

9,333

90

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

17. FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS

Group

Cost and net book value

At 1 November 2021

Share of profit or investment income                                                   

Dividend distribution

Disposal

At 31 October 2022

Share of profit or investment income

Dividend distribution

Disposal

At 31 October 2023

Provision for impairment

At November 2022 and 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Company

Cost 

At 1 November 2022

Business combination – Final acquisition account adjustment

At 31 October 2023

Provision for impairment

At 1 November 2022

At 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2023

Net book value at 31 October 2022

91

Joint Ventures 
£000

Other unlisted 
investments
£000

3,341

676

(4)

-

4,013

673

(367)

-

4,319

-

4,319

4,013

92

2

-

(6)

88

-

-

-

88

-

88

88

Share in group
undertakings

Joint Ventures & 
Associates

£000

£000

55,709

(905)

54,804

(601)

(601)

54,203

55,108

191

-

191

-

-

191

191

Total
£000

3,433

678

(4)

(6)

4,101

673

(367)

-

4,407

-

4,407

4,401

Total

£000

55,900

(905)

54,995

(601)

(601)

54,394

55,299

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiary undertakings represent the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK:

Company name

Proportion of shares
 held (Ordinary) %

 Nature of business

Registered office address

Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited 

100  

 Holding company

Glasson Grain Limited 

Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) Limited

Woodheads Seeds Limited 

Youngs Animal Feeds Limited

GrainLink Limited

Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited

Humphrey Feeds Limited

Humphrey Pullets Limited

Wrekin Grain Limited

Eifionydd Farmers Limited

Shropshire Grain Limited

Welsh Feed Producers Limited

Tamar Milling Limited

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

 Feed and Fertiliser merchant 

 Agricultural merchant

 Dormant company

 Equine and pet products distributor 

 Grain merchant

 Holding company

  Agricultural merchant

 Pullet supplier

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

West Quay, Glasson Dock, 
Lancaster, Lancs, LA2 0DB

Eagle House, Llansantffraid Ym 
Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc, with the exception of the following, which are direct subsidiaries 
of the respective following companies:

WynnstayAgricultural (Supplies) 
Limited
Tamar Milling Limited

Youngs Animal Feeds Limited
Eifionydd Farmers Limited  

Glasson Group (Lancaster) 
Limited
Glasson Grain Limited

Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) 
Limited
Humphrey Feeds Limited
Humphrey Pullets Limited

JOINT VENTURES

Interests in joint ventures are represented by the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK:

Company name

Interest

Nature of business

Registered office address

Bibby Agriculture Limited

50% - Ordinary

Distribution of animal feeds

Montgomery Way, Carlisle, CA1 2UY

Wyro Developments Limited

50% - Ordinary

Property development

Total Angling Limited

50% - Ordinary

Retailer of angling products

Eagle House, Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, 
Powys, SY22 6AQ

Investments in the joint ventures listed above are all held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. 
The aggregate amounts of the Group’s share of joint venture assets and liabilities are :

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities 

Financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Net Assets 

2023
£000

687

4,950

679

(1,654)

(343)

-

4,319

2022
£000

710

6,032

177

(2,206)

(700)

-

4,013

92

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES continued
The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of joint venture revenue and expenses not included in these financial statements are:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Net finance costs

2023
£000

26,375

(25,488)

(22)

The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of pre-tax profits included in these financial statements is:

Group’s share of joint ventures profit before tax

2023
£000

865

2022
£000

24,198

(23,350)

(40)

2022
£000

808

ASSOCIATE

The interest in associates is represented by the following limited company, which is incorporated in the UK

Company name

Interest

Nature of business

Registered office address

Celtic Pride Limited

33.3%

Production and marketing of premium Welsh beef

Castell Howell Foods Ltd, Celtic Pride Ltd Cross Hands 
Food Park, Cross Hands, Llanelli, Carmarthenshire, 
Wales, SA14 6SX

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s associates are as follows:

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Group’s share of associates’ net assets

Total revenue

Profit for the period 

Group’s share of associates’ profit before tax

2023
£000

312

(187)

125

41

-

-

-

2022
£000

297

(174)

123

41

-

-

-

For the purposes of consolidation, the following periods of account have been used for each of the associated undertakings and joint ventures:

Company  
Wyro Developments Limited 
Bibby Agriculture Limited 
Total Angling Limited   
Celtic Pride Limited    

Accounting period
31 October 2023
31 August 2023
31 October 2023
31 January 2023

93

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES continued

TRADING TRANSACTIONS

During the year, the Group and Company entered into the following trading transactions with subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

Company

Transactions and balances with subsidiaries

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings: 

Loans

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings:

Loans

Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive 
income:

Income received

Purchases

2023
£000

3,629

3,629

(423)

(423)

608

154

restated *

2022
£000

2,109

2,109

(59)

(59)

492

134

* restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

Transactions and balances with joint ventures

Amounts due from joint ventures:

Trade receivables

Loans

Trade payables

Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive income:

Revenue

Purchases

Group

Company

2023
£000

 1,066

639

1,705

(33)

(33)

10,737

(176)

2022
£000

  555

1,067

1,622

(70)

(70)

8,526

(280)

2023
£000

-

639

639

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

1,067

1,067

-

-

-

-

94

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

19. INVENTORIES 

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods and goods for resale

Biological Assets

Group

2023
£000

17,773

36,752

931

55,456

2022
£000

20,416

49,971

708

71,095

Company

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £330,000 (2022: £846,000) (Company £nil (2022: £nil)). During the period, the sum
of £Nil (2022: £406,000) was charged to the provision for impairment. £407,000 (2022: £1,824,000) of inventories included in the year end 
balances relate to the acquisition during the year.

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

Current tax asset

Group

2023
£000

-

78,241

2,049

986

-

81,276

2022
£000

-

94,823

1,084

668

-

96,575

Company

2023
£000

3,629

-

-

-

23

3,652

restated *
2022
£000

2,109

-

-

9

102

2,220

The  carrying  value  of  trade  and  other  receivables  classified  at  amortised  cost  approximates  to  their  fair  value.  No  receivables  are  pledged  as 
collateral or sold to discounting or debt factoring services. Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand or in line with 
standard company credit terms.

   * restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables are grouped based on similar credit risk and aging. 

The  expected  loss  rates  are  based  on  the  Group’s  historical  credit  losses  experienced  over  the  three-year  period  prior  to  the  period  end.  The 
historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s customers. The 
Group has identified the gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rate and inflation rate as the key macroeconomic factors in the UK.

If the expected credit loss was to increase or decrease by 25 basis points across each category the impact on the income statement would be 
£197,000 (2022: £240,000) loss or gain, respectively.

The lifetime expected loss provision for trade receivables is as follows:

Current
£000

0.07%

53,219

(36)

53,183

0.14%

68,482

(99)

68,383

More than 30 
days past due
£000

More than 60 
days past due
£000

More than 90 
days past due
£000

0.17%

14,938

(26)

14,912

0.17%

16,242

(27)

16,215

0.92%

5,218

(48)

5,170

0.42%

5,681

(24)

5,657

11.14%

5,600

(624)

4,976

17.83%

5,559

(991)

4,568

Total
£000

0.93%

78,975

(734)

78,241

1.19%

95,964

(1,141)

94,823

31 October 2023

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

31 October 2022

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

95

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued

Movements in the impairment allowance for trade receivables are as follows:

Opening provision for impairment of trade receivables

(Decrease) / Increase during the year

Receivables written off during the year as un-collectible

At 31 October 2023

21. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Other payables 
Accruals and deferred income

Other taxes and social security

Contingent consideration

Non-current

Contingent consideration

Government grants

Group

2023
£000

1,141

(245)

(162)

734

Group

2023
£000

69,158

-
1,454
3,777

1,106

199

75,694

-

9

9

2022
£000

1,057

495

(411)

1,141

2022
£000

85,694

-
5,922
10,242

1,083

2,074

105,015

25

11

36

Company

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

Company

2023
£000

-

423
303
3

-

-

729

-

-

- 

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

59
319
403

-

2,000

2,781

-

-

- 

Total trade and other payables

75,703

105,051

729

2,781

The carrying value of trade and other payables classified as financial liabilities is measured at amortised cost which approximates to fair value. 
Contingent consideration is measured at fair value.

22. PROVISIONS

Balance as at 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

Utilised / reversed

At 31 October 2022
Utilised in year
Reversed in year
At 31 October 2023

Legal provision

Onerous rent

Site closure

At 31 October

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total
£000

243
282

(180)

345
(152)
(193)
-

2022
£000

193

108

44

345

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

The legal provision charged in the previous year related to disputes over the classification of certain types of grain where the achieved out-turn prices 
have been lower than initially expected, with all claims settled during the current year. The provision for onerous rent relates to the reclassification 
of a prior year charge from accruals in relation to the vacation of a leased property. The provision for onerous rent and site closure were all settled 
during the current year.  

96

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

23. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, BORROWINGS AND LEASE LIABILITIES

Group

Company

Current

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement

Bank loans and overdrafts due within one year or on demand:

Secured loans

Loan stock (unsecured)

Borrowings

Non-property leases

Property leases

Lease liabilities

Total current net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities

Non-current

Bank loans

Borrowings

Non-property leases

Property leases

Lease liabilities

Total non-current net (borrowings) and lease liabilities

Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities

2023
£000

31,055

31,055

31,055

(1,897)

(698)

(2,595)

(2,658)

(1,104)

(3,762)

24,698

(4,743)

(4,743)

(2,049)

(7,164)

(9,213)

(13,956)

10,742

2022
£000

31,177

31,177

31,177

(2,371)

(672)

(3,043)

(1,647)

(1,697)

(3,344)

24,790

(6,640)

(6,640)

(1,645)

(2,354)

(3,999)

(10,639)

14,151

Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities, excluding property 
leases

19,010

18,202

2023
£000

7,312

7,312

7,312

(1,897)

(698)

(2,595)

-

(102)

(102)

4,615

(4,743)

(4,743)

-

(450)

(450)

(5,193)

(578)

(26)

restated *

2022
£000

10,919

10,919

(2,371)

(672)

(3,043)

-

-

-

7,876

(6,640)

(6,640)

-

-

-

(6,640)

1,236

1,236

* restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents are all non-restricted balances and are all cash at bank and held with HSBC UK Bank Plc, except for £1,500,000
(2022: £1,652,000) which is held at International FC Stones for wheat futures hedging purposes. HSBC UK Bank Plc’s credit rating per 
Moody’s for long-term deposits is Aa3 (2022: Aa3).

£1,820,000 of the cash and cash equivalent balances are denominated in foreign currencies, EUR (98%) and USD (2%) (2022: £3,623,000, in EUR 
(99%) and USD (1%)). All other amounts are denominated in GBP and are at booked fair value.

BORROWINGS

Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by an unlimited composite guarantee of all the trading entities within the Group. The outstanding bank loan 
of £6,640,000 (2022: £9,011,000) is structured as a term facility with quarterly repayments of £474,250. Interest on this loan is 1.75% over the daily 
SONIA rate up to the point of repayment.

Loan stock is redeemable at par at the option of the Company or the holder. Interest of 3.7% (2022: 1.5%) per annum is payable to the holders.

97

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

24. LEASES

Nature of leasing activities (in the capacity as lessee)

The Group leases a number of properties, certain items of plant and equipment and vehicles. The table below shows the number of leases at 31 
October 2023.   

Number of lease 
contracts at 
November 2022

Additions

Additions 
Business 
Combinations

Expired or 
Disposed

Number of lease 
contracts at October 
2023

Fixed payments 
%

39

18

154

211

-

13

4

31

48

2

1

-

-

1

-

(17)

-

(20)

(37)

-

36

22

165

223

16%

10%

74%

100%

2

100%

Group

Property leases

Plant and equipment 
leases

Vehicle leases

Total

Company

Property leases

Company

Right-of-use assets

At November 2022

Additions

Additions - Business combination (see note 35)

Reclassification to PPE

Amortisation

Disposal

At 31 October 2023

Company

Right-of-use assets

At 1 November 2022

Additions

Amortisation

At 31 October 2023

Group

Lease liabilities

At 1 November 2022

Additions

Additions - Business combination (see note 35)

Interest expense

Lease payments

Disposal

At 31 October 2023

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

3,919

  6,163

     307

       248

(2,377)

-

8,065

4,283

3,612

   217

  216

(1,812)

(18)

6,064

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

-

630

(87)

543

-

-

-

-

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

4,052

6,163

307

248

(2,502)

-

8,268

3,291

3,612

146

216

(2,540)

(18)

4,707

Total
£000

8,202

 9,775

    524

  (165)

(4,189)

(18)

14,129

Total 
£000

-

630

(87)

543

Total 
£000

7,343

9,775

453

464

(5,042)

(18)

12,975

98

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

24. LEASES continued
Company

Lease liabilities

At 1 November 2022

Additions

Interest expense

Lease payments

At 31 October 2023

Group

Short-term lease expense

Low value lease expense

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

-

630

20

(98)

552

-

-

-

-

-

2023
£000

308

15

323

Total 
£000

-

630

20

(98)

552

2022
£000

341

8

349

The Company had no short-term or low value lease expense in either 2023 or 2022

Within one
 year
£000

One to two 
years
£000

Two to five 
years
£000

Over five 
years
£000

Total
£000

3,762

2,995

3,695

  2,523

12,975

3,344

1,824

2,175

-

7,343

102

52

126

272

552

-

-

-

-

-

2023
Group

Lease liabilities

2022
Group

Lease liabilities

2023
Company

Lease liabilities

2022
Company

Lease liabilities

99

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  determination  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  objectives  and  policies  and  whilst  retaining  ultimate 
responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the effective implementation of the objectives 
and policies to the Group’s finance function. The Board receives monthly reports from the Group Finance Director through which it reviews the 
effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets. The overall objective of the Board is to set 
policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.

The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments  (other  than  derivatives)  comprise  loans,  cash  and  short-term  deposits;  the  main  purpose  of  these 
instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations; and additionally include trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and lease 
liabilities.

The Group also enters derivative transactions, principally foreign exchange contracts and wheat futures contracts to manage commodity, price and 
currency risks arising from the Group’s operations.

The Group’s policy does not permit the use of derivatives for speculative purposes. However, some derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, 
or are specifically not designated as a hedge where gains and losses on the hedging instrument and the hedged item naturally offset in the Group’s 
income statement. Treasury operates on a centralised basis, where Derivatives are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as speculative 
investments and are classified as ‘held for trading’, other than designated and effective hedging instruments and are presented as current assets 
or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period, otherwise they are classified as non-current.

(i) Principal financial instruments

The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Forward foreign currency contracts

•  Wheat futures contracts 

(ii) Financial instruments by category

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Loan to joint venture

Derivative financial instruments

Financial Liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial instruments

Group

Company

2023
£000

31,055

-

78,241

639

263

110,198

2022
£000

31,177

-

94,823

1,067

599

127,666

2023
£000

7,312

3,629

-

639

-

11,580

Group

Company

2023
£000

7,338

12,975

-

70,612

3,777

199

440

95,341

2022
£000

9,683

7,343

-

91,616

10,242

2,099

133

121,116

2023
£000

7,338

552

423

303

3

-

-

8,619

*restated 
2022
£000

10,919

2,109

-

1,067

-

14,095

2022
£000

9,683

-

59

319

403

2,000

-

12,464

* restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

100

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

(iii) Financial instruments carrying value

Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and loans and borrowings.

Fair value

Amortised cost

Group financial assets

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Loan to joint venture

Derivative financial instruments

Group financial liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial instruments

Company financial assets

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Loan to joint venture

Company financial liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

2023
£000

-

-

263

263

Fair value

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

199

440

639

2022
£000

-

-

599

599

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

2,099

133

2,232

2023
£000

78,241

639

-

78,880

Amortised cost

2023
£000

7,338

12,975

70,612

3,777

-

-

2022
£000

94,823

1,067

-

95,890

2022
£000

9,683

7,343

91,616

10,242

-

-

94,702

118,884

Fair value

Amortised cost

2023
£000

-

-

-

Fair value

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

-

2,000

2,000

2023
£000

3,629

639

4,268

Amortised cost

2023
£000

7,338

552

423

303

3

-

restated *
2022
£000

2,109

1,067

3,176

2022
£000

9,683

-

59

319

403

-

8,619

10,464

(iv) Derivative Financial instruments classification by type, level and non-current and current split

Derivative financial instruments specifically have been broken into their current and non-current component and by derivative instrument type under 
hedge accounting and fair value through profit and loss.

Fair value

Current Non-Current

Current Non-Current

Asset derivative financial instruments:

Forward FX contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- fair value through profit or loss

2023
£000

209

-

54

263

2022
£000

46

39

514

599

Liability derivative financial instruments:

£000

£000

Forward FX contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- fair value through profit or loss

-

12

428

440

53

-

80

133

2023
£000

209

-

-

209

£000

-

12

420

432

2023
£000

-

-

54

54

£000

-

-

8

8

2022
£000

46

38

514

598

£000

53

-

-

53

2022
£000

-

1

-

1

£000

-

-

80

80

101

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs related to determining the fair value of derivatives (level 1) and deferred and contingent 
consideration which is classified at level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, where the valuation techniques are explained in the table below.

Financial instrument

Valuation techniques used

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts

Wheat futures contracts

Spot price at reporting date 
including forward swap points 
based off the appropriate 
interest rate curve over 12 
months

Market prices published by ICE 
Futures Europe, MIC Code: 
IFLX

Significant unobservable 
inputs (level 3 only)

Inter-relationship between 
key unobservable inputs 
and fair value (level 3 only)

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Contingent

consideration

Realisation of net assets on

Management accounts

completion and target earnings

information

Any adjustments to net assets 
or profitability of management 
accounts

The fair value hierarchy of financial instruments measured at fair value is provided below. There were no transfers between levels during 
the period.

Group

Financial assets

Derivative financial assets (designated 
hedging instruments)
Derivative financial assets (fair value 
through profit or loss)

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities 
(designated hedging instruments)

Derivative financial liabilities (fair value 
through profit or loss)

Contingent consideration

Level 1

2023
£000

209

54

263

Level 1

2023
£000

12

428

-

440

2022
£000

85

514

599

2022
£000

53

80

-

133

Level 2

2023
£000

-

-

-

Level 2

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

Level 3

2023
£000

-

-

-

Level 3

2023
£000

-

-

199

199

The reconciliation of the opening and closing fair value balance of level 3 financial instruments is provided below:

Contingent consideration

As at 31 October 2021 

Payments contingent consideration in year

New contingent consideration in year

As at 31 October 2022

Payments out of contingent consideration in year

Acquisition accounting adjustment

Contingent consideration recognised in year

As at 31 October 2023

Group

£000

197

(98)

2,000

2,099

(1,095)

(905)

100

199

2022
£000

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

2,099

2,099

Company

£000

-

-

2,000

2,000

(1,095)

(905)

-

-

The sensitivity analysis of a reasonably possible change in one significant unobservable input, holding all other inputs constant within level 3 financial 
instruments is not provided as the item above only has one input as described in the valuation table.

102

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

Hedging strategy
The objective of Wynnstay’s Treasury activity is to minimise the post-tax net cost of financial operations and reduce its volatility to benefit
earnings and cash flows. The Group uses few financial instruments to finance its operations, with derivative financial instruments used to
manage market risks from these operations. Derivatives principally comprise of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures
contracts. These financial instruments reduce the uncertainty of foreign currency transactions and wheat price movements.
Derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes in relation to underlying business activities and not as trading or speculative instruments.
Hedge ratios are monitored on a monthly basis at Board level in line with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures where the hedged 
item exposure is hedged with derivatives within an 90% to 100% range.
The main source of hedge ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the effect of the counterparty and the Group’s own credit risk on the 
fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts, which is not reflected in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in foreign 
exchange rates and ineffectiveness, including timing differences between the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instruments.
Foreign Exchange Contracts and Wheat Futures designated under cash flow hedges
During 2023, the Group entered into forward foreign exchange contracts which have been designated as cash flow hedges. These were entered 
into to hedge the foreign exchange exposure arising on cash flows from Euro and USD denominated physical commodity purchase transactions. 
The Group manages its cash flow wheat price risk by entering into offsetting futures contracts on the ICE Futures Europe market.

The notional value of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures is the absolute total of outstanding positions at the balance sheet date. 
Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure 
that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. The Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical 
terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item, and so a qualitative assessment of effectiveness is performed. 
If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the 
hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness. Sensitivity analysis impacts for both 2023 and 2022 
was not material.

During the year, total hedge ineffectiveness arising from forward foreign exchange contracts amounted to £50,000 (2022: £104,000) at the balance 
sheet date.

Hedge Type

Hedging Instrument

Hedged Item

Nominal 
Value

Average contracted 
Derivatives prices

Maturing

Cash flow hedge Forward FX GBP/EUR Physical grains & fertilisers

£000

11,748 

GBP/EUR 1.1574 Group Qrt 1 to Qrt 2 2024

Cash flow hedge Forward FX GBP/USD Physical grains & fertilisers

5,686 

GBP/USD 1.2437 Group Qrt 1 to Qrt 2, 2024

Cash flow hedge

UK Feed Wheat 

futures contract- IFLX

Physical Wheat 

657

18,091 

£271.32

Group Qrt 3, 2023

The amounts recognised in the hedging reserve and recycled to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (SoCI) are shown below:

2023

Cash flow hedges:

Variability in cash flow- 
Wheat futures

Variability in cash flow- 
Forward FX

2022

Cash flow hedges:

Variability in cash flow- 
Wheat futures

Variability in cash flow- 
Forward FX

Hedging
gains/ (losses)
recognised in
OCI reserves

Hedge cost/ 
ineffectiveness
recognised in P&L

Line item in SoCI 
where hedge
ineffectiveness 
is included

Hedged future cash 
flows no longer 
expected to occur

As hedged
item affects 
SoCI

Line item in which
reclass
adjustment is 
included

Amounts reclassified to SoCI

£000

(12)

150

138

40

143

183

£000

£000

-

Cost of sales

50

Cost of sales

50

-

Cost of sales

(104)

Cost of sales

(104)

-

-

-

-

-

-

£000

(235)

Cost of sales

152

Cost of sales

(83)

463

Cost of sales

1,873

Cost of sales

2,336

Set-off of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets where there is a
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously. According to the enforceable master netting agreements with the financial counterparties, in the event of default,
derivative financial instruments with the same counterparty can be net settled. In the event of default, subject to payment enforcements £Nil

103

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

(2022: £40,000) of assets and liabilities, respectively of the derivative financial instruments are subject to right for offsetting, under ISDA
(International Swaps and Derivatives Association) agreements.
There were no other material amounts offset in the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets or associated with enforceable master
netting agreements.

Gross and net 
presentation of derivatives

Gross Position

Right of offset to 
net settle

Balance Sheet Net 
Position

Gross Position

Right of offset to 
net settle

Balance Sheet Net 
Position

2023

2022

Asset derivative financial 
instruments

Liability derivative 
financial instruments

£000

263

440

£000

-

-

£000

263

440

£000

639

173

£000

(40)

(40)

£000

599

133

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND 
PROCESSES
The  main  risks  arising  for  the  Group  are  credit  risk,  foreign  currency, 
commodity  price  risk,  intertest  rate  risk,  liquidity  risk  and  capital 
management  risk.  The  Board  approves  prudent  treasury  policies  for 
managing each of the risks which are summarised below::

i) Credit risk
Credit  risk  is  the  risk  of  financial  loss  to  the  Group  if  a  customer  or 
counterparty  to  a  financial  instrument  fails  to  meet  its  contractual 
obligations  and  arises  principally  from  the  Group’s  receivables  from 
customers  and  investment  securities.  A  significant  proportion  of  the 
Group’s trade is conducted on credit terms and as such a risk of non-
payment is potentially always present.
Detailed  credit  approval  before  initial  supply,  the  operation  of  credit 
limits and active credit control monitoring and policy, help to minimise 
the  incidence  of  bad  debt  risk.  The  Group’s  grain  trading  activities  is 
exposed to substantial customer credit limits and to assist in mitigating 
such  riskier  limits,  a  credit  insurance  policy  is  put  in  place  to  provide 
partial cover against default by customers.
The overdue accounts are reviewed monthly at divisional management 
meetings  to  mitigate  exposure  to  credit  risk  and  make  provisions 
accordingly. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables 
is  limited  due  to  the  Group’s  diverse  customer  base  being  large  and 
unrelated.

ii) Foreign currency risk
The  main  currency  related  risk  to  the  Group  comes  from  the  forward 
purchasing of imported raw materials for use in our Agriculture division. 
This risk is managed by entering into forward foreign exchange contracts 
to  coincide  at  the  same  time  as  when  the  underlying  transaction  is 
priced  and  agreed  for  future  delivery.  The  fair  value  of  the  contracts 
was £258,000 as an asset and £49,000 as a liability with a net asset 
of £209,000 (2022: £7,000 liability) with the principal nominal amounts 
of  the  forward  purchased  currency,  based  in  sterling  of  £17,434,000 
(2022: £20,527,000).
The  Group  is  primarily  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  in  relation  to 
Sterling  against  movements  in  US  Dollar  and  Euro.  Foreign  exchange 
risk  arises  from  the  translation  of  financial  assets  and  liabilities  that 
are not in the functional currency of the entity that holds them. Based 
upon the carrying value of the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities 
denominated  in  a  foreign  currency  as  at  31  October  2023  and  31 
October 2022, the exposure is minimal.

iii) Commodity market risk
Whilst  the  Group  does  not  speculate  in  commodity  trading,  it  does 
have  to  make  significant  forward  purchases  of  certain  raw  materials, 
particularly  for  use  within  its  animal  feed  manufacturing  operations. 
Position  reporting  systems  and  controls  are  in  place  to  ensure  the 
Board  is  informed  of  exposure  level  via  the  Treasury  Management 

Committee on a regular basis, where the hedging of wheat contracts via 
a commodities broker is transacted on the Inter-Continental Exchange 
(ICE)  futures  market  to  manage  commercial  pricing  decisions  and 
prevent margin erosion.
If  the  ICE  futures  price  quoted  in  pounds  sterling  was  to  increase  or 
decrease by £1 on all contracts at the same time, with all other variables 
held constant, this would result in a £79,000 gain or loss (2022: £34,000), 
as  at  the  year-end,  which  would  feature  either  through  FVPL  or  other 
comprehensive income. As at 31 October 2023, the ICE futures market 
open liability reflected in the Group’s financial statements amounted to 
£387,000 (2022: £474,000 asset).

iv) Interest rate risk
The  Group’s  debt  terms,  historically  have  generally  been  floating  rate 
interest.  The  Board  will  periodically  consider  the  option  to  fix  interest 
rates attached to such variable rate debt through utilising interest rate 
swaps. However, where possible fixed rate term asset finance is used 
for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.
The  Group  raises  borrowings  in  sterling  only.  During  the  year  the 
Company repaid debt borrowings of £2,371,000 (2022; £474,000). 
At 31 October 2023, if interest rates had been 150 basis points higher 
or lower with all other variables held constant, profit after tax and net 
assets  would  have  been  £192,000  (2022:  £135,000)  lower  or  higher, 
respectively  mainly  as  a  result  of  higher/  lower  interest  expense  on 
sterling floating rate borrowings. The directors consider that 150 basis 
points  increase  is  the  maximum  likely  change  in  sterling  interest  rates 
over the next year, being the period up to the next point at which the 
Group expects to make these disclosures.

v) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial 
obligations as they fall due. The Group has overdraft and revolving credit 
facilities in place of £10.5m and £3.0m respectively (2022: £10.5m and 
£7.5m) to manage liquidity needs. The overdraft facility is renewable in 
April 2024, priced at 1.4% over base rate and the revolving credit facility 
is committed to June 2025, priced at 1.6% over SONIA and the Board 
believes these are adequate to provide prudent liquidity management.
The Board regularly receives monthly cash flow projections as well as 
information regarding net cash/(debt), where these monthly projections 
have  indicated  that  the  Group  is  expected  to  have  sufficient  liquid 
resources  to  meet  its  obligations  under  all  reasonably  expected 
circumstances. Refer to note 23 on net cash position. 
The following table analyses the Group and Company’s financial liabilities 
that will be settled on a net basis, where there is legal and constructive 
obligation to do so, based on agreed contractual settlement dates, as 
shown  within  time  buckets  in  the  table  below.  Interest  projections  for 
both bank loans and other borrowings and lease liabilities, have been 
calculated using the future effective rate of interest applicable to each 
instrument type and then discounted using the appropriate UK gilt rate 
to derive the present value of interest.

104

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES continued

Group

Bank loans and other borrowings
Bank loans and other borrowings -
interest projections
Finance lease liabilities

Finance lease liabilities – interest projections

Derivatives

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Company

Bank loans and other borrowings
Bank loans and other borrowings -
interest projections

Finance lease liabilities

Finance lease liabilities – interest projections

Amounts due from subsidiary
undertakings
Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

vi) Capital management risk

2023

Within
one
year
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Over
five
years
£000

Total
£000

7,338

2,595

4,743

617

130

487

-

-

12,975

3,763

2,350

440

258

432

70,612

70,612

3,777

3,777

199

199

6,689

1,833

2,523

259

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022

Within
one 
year
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Over
five
years
£000

Total
£000

9,683

3,043

6,640

991

345

646

7,343

3,344

3,999

602

133

213

53

91,616

91,616

10,242

10,242

2,099

2,074

389

80

-

-

25

98,308

81,766

13,760

2,782 122,709 110,930

11,779

2023

Within
one
year
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Total
£000

7,338

2,595

4,743

617

552

109

423

303

3

-

130

102

22

423

303

3

-

487

178

61

-

-

-

-

Over
five
years
£000

-

-

272

26

-

-

-

-

9,345

3,578

5,469

298

2022

Within
one 
year
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Total
£000

9,683

3,043

6,640

991

345

646

-

-

59

319

403

-

-

59

319

403

2,000

13,455

2,000

6,169

-

-

-

-

-

-

7,286

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Over
five
years
£000

-

38

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns and 
benefits to shareholders’ whilst principally maintaining an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the 
capital structure, the Group adjusts the amount of dividends to, or to be paid to shareholders’, the return of equity capital to shareholders’, the 
issuance of new shares (that could also possibly take the form of bonus script ordinary shares), the disposal of cash generative assets to settle the 
Group’s debt exposure.

The Group monitors its gearing ratio for the purpose of capital management. This ratio is calculated as net cash/(debt) divided by total equity. Net 
cash/ (debt) is calculated as cash and cash equivalents less total borrowings (both current and non-current borrowings) and lease liabilities. Total 
equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Net cash 
Total equity
Net cash to equity ratio (%)

2023
£000
31,055
(7,338)

(12,975)

10,742
135,231
7.94%

2022
£000
31,177
(9,683)

(7,343)

14,151
130,701
10.83%

The Group monitors cash balances and net cash / (debt) on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and that it is 
compliant with banking covenants, where relevant.

105

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

26. DEFERRED TAXATION 

At 1 November 2022

Tax equalisation

Business combination (see note 35)

Charge for the year in Statement of Income

Charge for the year in Statement of Changes in Equity

At 31 October 2023

The provision for deferred taxation is made up as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances

Other temporary and deductible differences

Group

2023
£000

1,680

-

155

395

(11)

2,219

Group

2023
£000

811

1,408

2,219

2022
£000

474

2

1,000

219

(15)

1,680

2022
£000

373

1,307

1,680

Company

2023
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

Company

2023
£000

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

-

-

-

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised at Group or Company level in respect of the movement in fair value on an investment property 
(see Note 15) as there is uncertainty as to whether an expected future capital gain will crystallise to offset the capital loss.   

27. SHARE CAPITAL 

Authorised
Ordinary shares of 25p each

Allotted, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p each

2023 
No. of shares
000

2023
Nominal Value
£000

2022
No. of shares
000

2022
Nominal Value 
£000

40,000

10,000

40,000

10,000

22,955

5,739

22,340

5,585

During the year 111,181 shares (2022: 75,891) were issued with an aggregate nominal value of £28,000 (2022: £19,000) and were fully paid up 
for equivalent cash of £474,000 (2022: £459,000) to shareholders exercising their right to receive dividends under the Company’s dividend scrip 
scheme. A further 503,534 (2022: 1,965,689) shares with a nominal value of £126,000 (2022: £491,000) were issued for an equivalent cash value 
of £997,000 (2022: £10,581,000), with 503,534 (2022: 65,689) shares being to satisfy the exercise of employee options. Of these employee option 
shares, 141,766 (2022: Nil) were the result of the exercise of nil cost options under the Company’s Performance Share Plan, with the nominal value 
being credited from the transfer of capital from the Equity Remuneration Reserve.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 106

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 

The Group has three types of share-based payment schemes in operation at 31 October 2023. The executive directors and certain employees 
participate in a performance share plan (PSP) under which the vesting of all awards made under the PSP is subject to an earnings per share (“EPS”) 
and Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) growth target measured against average annual increases over a three-year period.

Certain senior employees participate in the discretionary Approved Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). Such schemes have no performance 
criteria attached to their operation.

All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the Save As You Earn plan. The scheme does not have any performance criteria 
attached to its operation.

The following options were exercised, lapsed and outstanding at the year end:

Exercise
Price per
share £

Exercisable by

As at 
01 November
2022

(Exercised)/ 
Issued in
year

Lapsed  
in year

As at
31 October
2023

Discretionary Share Option Schemes
CSOP Granted October 2014

5.4750 Oct 2017 - Oct 2024

PSP Granted January 2020

Nil cost Oct 2022 - Mar 2023

PSP Granted April 2021

Nil cost Oct 2023 - Mar 2024

CSOP Granted April 2021

4.6250 Apr 2024 - Apr 2031

PSP Granted January 2023

Nil cost Oct 2025 - Mar 2026

Savings Related Option Schemes
Granted September 2018

Granted August 2020

Granted August 2022

4.0000 Oct 2023 - Mar 2024

2.7500 Sep 2023 - Feb 2024

5.5000 Sep 2025 - Feb 2026

120,425

141,766

81,609

154,000

-

497,800

112,170

390,493

141,142

643,805

1,141,605

-

(25,000)

95,425

(141,766)

-

-

139,311

(2,455)

(2,125)

(360,318)

-

(362,443)

(364,898)

-

(81,609)

(18,000)

-

(124,609)

(5,075)

(5,139)

(19,064)

(29,278)

(153,887)

-

-

136,000

139,311

370,736

104,970

25,036

122,078

252,084

622,820

During the year 141,766 (2022: 30,575) Discretionary Share Options and 362,443 (2022: 35,114) Savings Related Options were exercised and 
satisfied by the allotment of 503,534 (2022: 65,689) new shares by the Company and the transfer of 675 (2022: Nil) existing shares from the Group’s 
ESOP Trust. The other changes in the number of Discretionary and Savings Related Options relate to members withdrawing from the scheme by 
leaving employment, exercise conditions not being met or by employees closing their savings contracts. During the period 139,311 new options 
were granted to certain executives under the terms of the Group’s Performance Share Plan (2022: 142,710 options granted under a SAYE scheme 
to all eligible employees).

The weighted average market share price at the time of exercise of options exercised during the year was £4.46 (2022: £6.08).

Fair Value of Options

During the year, the Group charged £258,000 (2022: £262,000) of share based remuneration cost to its Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income based on a movement in the fair value of outstanding options granted after October 2014. The fair value of these options were estimated 
by using the Black Scholes option pricing model, and for the new options granted during the year, the following assumptions were used:

Weighted average assumptions

Share price at year end

Average share price

Weighted average exercise price

Expected volatility

Weighted average remaining contractual life

Number of options

Risk free interest rate at inception

2023

£3.83

£4.87

£Nil

24.55%

2.00 years 

139,311

4.00%

2022

£6.11

£5.84

£5.50

24.40%

2.85 years 

141,142

1.25%

The expected volatility used was the standard deviation of the daily share price over the previous year and the risk fee interest rate was based on 
bank base rate at the inception of each scheme.

107

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

At 31 October 2023 the Group and Company had capital commitments as follows:

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in 
the financial statements

Group

2023
£000

635

2022
£000

1,590

Company

2023
£000

-

2022
£000

-

30. PENSION COMMITMENTS

Following the acquisition of Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited in 2022, the Group currently operates three defined contribution pension schemes 
which are administered on separate bases to the Group’s trade. The pension and other associated costs charge for the year £1,401,000 (2022: 
£1,456,000). The liability owed to the pension schemes at 31 October 2023 was £197,000 (2022: £169,000).

31. EMPLOYEE SHARE OWNERSHIP TRUST

The Company operates an employee share ownership trust (ESOP). As at 31 October 2023, 127,022 ordinary 25p shares (2022: 16,834 ordinary 
25p shares) were held by the trust with an aggregate market value at the year end of £485,860 (2022: £102,855). The assets, liabilities, income and 
costs of the ESOP are incorporated into the financial statements of the Group.

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The  Board  confirms  that  they  consider  the  Directors  of  the  Company  to  be  the  only  key  management  personnel.  During  the  year  sales  and 
purchases took place between the Group and a number of its directors. All transactions were carried out on an arm’s length basis. Directors and 
their remuneration is disclosed within the Director’s Remuneration disclosure (note 9).

Gareth Davies

Steve Ellwood

Philip Kirkham as director of M&R Kirkham & Sons Ltd (retired 24 May 2023)

Howell Richards as a director of Cwrtmalle Ltd

Paul Roberts

Catherine Bradshaw
Steven Esom (appointed 18 Apr 2023)
Rob Thomas (appointed 2 Oct 2023)

Total sales

Balance outstanding

2023
£000

1

-

526

6,018

1

-
-
-

2022
£000

3

-

542

4,268

2

-
n/a
n/a

2023
£000

-

-

n/a

1,725

-

-
-
-

2022
£000

-

-

90

1,277

-

-
n/a
n/a

6,546

4,815

1,725

1,367

During the year Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group:

Group

Purchases from NIAB, a company of which S J Ellwood is a director

Total sales

Balance outstanding

2023
£000

62

2022
£000

70

2023
£000

2

2022
£000

10

108

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

33. CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS

Group

Company

Profit for the year from operations
Adjustments for:

Tax

Group tax relief elections
Dividend received from subsidiaries

Dividends from Joint ventures and associates

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Fair value movement in investment property 

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets

(Profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Loss / (Profit) on disposal of right of use asset
ESOP trust revaluation
Derivative held as FVPL

Hedge ineffectiveness 

Government grant

Net movement in provisions 

Interest on lease liabilities

Net Interest expense 

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

Share-based payments

Changes in working capital (excluding effects of
acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries):
Decrease / (Increase) in inventories

Decrease / (Increase) in trade and other receivables

(Decrease) / Increase in payables

Cash generated from / (used in) operations

2023
£000
6,928

1,776

-
-

-

2,312

4,189

-

210

(121)
2
(31)
809

(50)

(2)

(345)

464

294

(673)

258

16,592

16,360

(28,700)

20,272

2022
£000
17,142

3,982

-
-

-

2,289

4,086

522

154

(132)
(86)
-
(627)

104

(2)

(6)

257

233

(676)

262

(18,401)

(18,467)

23,205

13,839

2023
£000
3,781

(107)

187
(3,950)

(367)

501

87

-

-

-
-
(31)
-

-

-

-

20

357

-

258

-

(1,511)

(52)

(827)

restated *
2022
£000
3,415

(187)

-
(5,438)

(4)

492

-

522

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-

171

-

262

-

(9,874)

487

(10,154)

34. RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES FROM FINANCING

* restated to correct the classification of certain bank accounts between group companies of £10.9m

As at 31 October 2021
Cash-flows

- Receipt of borrowings
- Repayments of borrowings
- Business combination
- Payment of lease liabilities

Non-cash flows

- Lease movements
- Loans and borrowings reclassified

As at 31 October 2022
Cash flows

- Receipt of borrowings
- Repayments of borrowings 
- Business combination
- Payments of lease liabilities

Non-cash flows

- Lease movements
- Loans and borrowings reclassified

Group

Non-Current
£000

Current
£000

Total
£000

Non-Current
£000

5,731

4,667

10,398

-

Company

Current
£000

672

7,588
-
148
-

1,413
(4,241)

10,639

-
-
140
-

1,897
(474)
62
(4,229)

223
4,241

6,387

26
(2,371)
313
(5,042)

9,485
(474)
210
(4,229)

1,636
-

17,026

26
(2,371)
453
(5,042)

7,588
-
-
-

-
(948)

6,640

-
-
-
-

5,074
(1,897)

5,147
1,897

10,221
-

450
(1,897)

1,897
(474)
-
-

-
948

3,043

26
(2,371)
-
-

102
1,897

Total
£000

672

9,485
(474)
-
-

-
-

9,683

26
(2,371)
-
-

552
-

As at 31 October 2023

13,956

6,357

20,313

5,193

2,697

7,890

109

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2023

Lease Liabilities

Loan stocks

Borrowings

2022

Lease Liabilities

Loan stocks

Borrowings

Group

Non-Current
£000

Current
£000

Total
£000

Non-Current
£000

Company
Current
£000

9,213

3,762

12,975

-

4,743
13,956

698

1,897
6,357

698

6,640
20,313

3,999

3,344

7,343

-

672

672

6,640

2,371

9,011

10,639

6,387

17,026

450

-

4,743
5,193

-

-

6,640

6,640

102

698

1,897
2,697

-

672

2,371

3,043

Total
£000

552

698

6,640
7,890

-

672

9,011

9,683

35. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

TAMAR MILLING LIMITED

On 16 November 2022, Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies entered a business combination and acquired 100% of the shares of Tamar Milling Limited. 
The provisional consideration is £1,746,000 inclusive of cash and cash equivalents of £32,000. 

Trade receivables net of loss allowance

Other receivables

Inventories
Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax

Net Current Assets and Non-Current Liabilities

Tangible fixed assets

Underlying Net Assets of Acquiree

Current
£000

Non-Current
£000

1,015

45

953
32

(722)

(292)
(140)
-
891

-

891

-

-

-
-

-

-
(313)
(119)
(432)

787

355

Total 
£000

1,015

45

953
32

(722)

(292)
(453)
(119)
459

787

1,246

The provisional consideration payable is dependent on future product volumes and profitability of the commercial business acquired. The fair value 
of the contingent consideration has been based on management’s expectation of the future performance of the business and that could range from 
£Nil to £100,000. 

A full analysis of the provisional consideration is provided in the table below. The goodwill balance represents the assembled workforce and future 
sales opportunities and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

110

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

35. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS NOTE (continued)

Fair value of net assets acquired
Goodwill

Intangibles - customer accounts

Property, plant and equipment

ROU Assets

Inventories

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax

Net Assets

Acquisition date- fair value of the total net assets acquired

Representing:

Cash settled to vendor during the period

Deferred consideration outstanding at 31 October 2023

Provisional Consideration

Cashflow Statement:
Cash settled to vendor during the period

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired

Cash settled to vendor during the period for prior acquisitions

Fair Value of Net Assets 
Acquired
£’000

-

-

263

524

953

1,015

45

32

(722)

(292)

(453)

(119)

1,246

Adjustment 

£’000

302

234

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(36)

500

Fair Value of 
Net Assets
£’000

302

234

263

524

953

1,015

45

32

(722)

(292)

(453)

(155)

1,746

1,746

1,646

100

1,746

1,646

(32)

1,095

2,709

Subsequent  to  the  year-end,  a  first  instalment  of  the  deferred  consideration  shown  in  the  table  above  was  paid  to  the  vendors  in  the  sum  of 
£37,000 in January 2024. Directly attributable acquisition costs of £28,000 were incurred with the transaction, and these have been recognised 
as non-recurring expenses in the income statement for the period. During the last available audited accounts of the acquired entity, for the period 
to September 2021, the annual aggregate revenues on a non-consolidated basis amounted to £6,397,000 and profit before tax was £422,000. 
Business combination accounting is expected to be finalised within 12 months from the completion date of the acquisition. Amounts included in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income period to October 2023 in relation to the acquired business are revenues of £7,430,000 
and profit before tax of £110,000.

Contingent and deferred consideration of £1,095,000 was paid during the period to 31 October 2023 relating to other prior period acquisitions, 
resulting in a total gross cash outflow of £2,741,000 or £2,709,000 net of cash acquired with the Tamar Milling transaction.

In  February  2023,  the  contingent  consideration  relating  to  the  acquisition  of  Humphrey  Poultry  (Holdings)  Limited  was  settled  in  the  sum  of 
£1,095,000.  This  value  was  less  than  the  provisionally  assessed  contingent  consideration  of  £2,000,000,  primarily  as  a  result  of  a  change  in 
anticipated trading conditions created in part by the impact of Avian Influenza on poultry flocks. As the timing of the recognition of this change was 
within the maximum twelve month period permitted under IFRS 3 for finalising the business combination accounting relating to this transaction, the 
adjustment to the provisionally assessed value of the contingent consideration and the settled amount, has resulted in a reduction in the acquired 
value of goodwill of £905,000 (see Note 13).  

111

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

36. ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

The Board of Directors consider that the following Alternative Performance Measures provide useful information for shareholders on underlying 
trends and performance:

•  Adjusted Operating Profit

•  Underlying Profit Before Tax

•  Adjusted EBITDA

The Board believes these Alternative Performance Measures reflect the underlying commercial performance of the current trading activities and 
provide investors and other users of the accounts with an improved view of likely future performance.  The rationale behind making adjustments to 
the IFRS results is as follows: 

•  The add back of tax incurred by joint ventures and associates. The Board believes the incorporation of the gross result of these entities 

provides a fuller understanding of their combined contribution to the Group performance.

•  The add back of share-based payments. This charge is a calculated using a standard valuation model, with the assessed non-cash cost 
each year varying depending on new scheme invitations and the number of leavers from live schemes. These variables can create a volatile non-
cash charge to the income statement, which is not directly connected to the trading performance of the business. 

•  Non-recurring items. The Group’s accounting policies include the separate identification of non-recurring material items on the face of the 
income  statement,  which  the  Board  believes  could  cause  a  misinterpretation  of  trading  performance  if  not  disclosed.  An  analysis  of  these 
charges is given in Note 5 to the accounts.

A reconciliation of reported IFRS results to Alternative Performance Measures is shown below:

Adjusted Operating Profit
Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets, goodwill impairment, share-based payment expense and non-
recurring items.

Operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Share based payments

Non-recurring items

Adjusted Operating Profit

2023
£’000s

8,789

210

258

82

9,339

2022 
£’000s

20,938

154

262

1,094

22,448

Underlying Profit Before Tax
Adjusted  results  which  includes  the  gross  share  of  results  from  joint  ventures  are  after  adding  back  share-based  payment  expense  and  non-
recurring items.

Profit before tax
Share of tax incurred by joint ventures & associates

Share based payments

Non-recurring items

Underlying profit before tax

2023
£’000s

8,704

192

258

82

9,236

2022 
£’000s

21,124

132

262

1,094

22,612

112

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Adjusted EBITDA
Defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and investment property fair value adjustment, tax on joint ventures, goodwill 
impairment, share-based payment expenses and other non-cash charges.

IFRS reported pre-tax profit

Investment property fair value adjustment

Tax on joint venture & associate income

Net profit on disposal of assets

Interest

Depreciation and ROU amortisation

Intangible amortisation and share based payment expense

Other non-cash charges

Adjusted EBITDA

Property lease payments

Adjusted EBITDA after operating lease payments

2023
£’000s

8,704

-

192

(119)

758

6,501

468

381

16,885

(2,502)

14,383

2022 
£’000s

21,124

522

132

(218)

490

6,375

416

(531)

28,310

(2,281)

26,029

113

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the thirty-first Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) of Wynnstay Group plc (the “Company”) will be held in the 
Sovereign Suite, Shrewsbury Town Football Club, Oteley Road, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, SY2 6ST on Tuesday 26 March 2024 at 11.45 am to 
transact the following business:

ORDINARY BUSINESS

1.  To receive and adopt the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 31st October 2023 together with the Directors’ Report 

and Auditors’ Report on those accounts.

2.  To declare a final dividend for the year ended 31 October 2023.
3.  To re-appoint the following Director who retires under Article 86: Steven Esom
4.  To re-appoint the following Director who retires under Article 86: Rob Thomas
5.  To re-appoint the following Director who retires by rotation under Article 91: Steve Ellwood
6.  To re-appoint Crowe UK LLP as auditors, to hold office from the conclusion of the Meeting to the conclusion of the next Meeting at which 

accounts are laid before the Company at a remuneration to be determined by the Directors. 

SPECIAL BUSINESS
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following Resolutions which will be proposed as Special Resolutions:

7. 

That, the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 551 of the Companies Act 
2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000 provided 
that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in General Meeting, expire on the earlier of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company may, before such expiry, make 
an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry, and the Directors may allot relevant 
securities  in  pursuance  of  such  offer  or  agreement  notwithstanding  that  the  authority  conferred  by  this  Resolution  has  expired.    This 
authority is in substitution for all previous authorities conferred upon the Directors pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006, but 
without prejudice to the allotment of any relevant securities already made or to be made pursuant to such authorities.

8. 

That, subject to passing Resolution 7 earlier, the Directors be and they are empowered pursuant to Section 570 of the Act to allot equity 
securities wholly for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by the previous Resolution as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities:-

a.)  in connection with an offer of such securities by way of rights to holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) 
to their respective holdings of such shares, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary 
or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or any legal or practical problems under the laws of any territory, or the requirements of 
any regulatory body or stock exchange; and 

b.) otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000, and shall expire on the earlier of 
the next Annual General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company many, before 
such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors 
may allot equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the power conferred by this Resolution has 
expired.

9. 

That, the Company be and is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the Act to make one or more 
market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693 of the Act) on the London Stock Exchange of Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each in the 
capital of the Company provided that:-

a.)  the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 500,000 (representing approximately 2.5% of the 

Company’s issued ordinary share capital); 

b.) the minimum price which may be paid for such shares is £0.25 per share;

c.)  the  maximum  price  which  may  be  paid  for  an  Ordinary  Shares  shall  not  be  more  than  5%  above  the  average  of  the  middle  market 
quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 
preceding the date on which the ordinary share is purchased;

d.) unless previously renewed, varied or revoked, the authority conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual General 

Meeting or 15 months from the date of passing this Resolution, if earlier; and

e.)  the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority conferred prior to the expiry of such 
authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and may make a purchase of ordinary shares in 
pursuance of any such contract or contracts.

By Order of the Board

Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Wynnstay Group plc 
Eagle House
Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain
Powys, SY22 6AQ
29 January 2024

114

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Notice Of Annual General Meeting

1.  Meeting format 

As at the date of this Notice, the Board intend to hold the 2024 AGM as a physical meeting and shareholders are therefore invited to attend 
a traditional meeting in person. All resolutions will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll of members is/has been requested.  

- Shareholders may submit questions to be addressed during the meeting by emailing their question to 
shareholder-communications@wynnstay.co.uk no later than 7 days before the meeting.

2.  Appointment of proxies

A member of the Company is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. A 
form of proxy accompanies this document and if it is to be used, it must be deposited at the Companies Head Office not less than 24 hours 
before the meeting.   

3.  Authority to allot shares

Special resolutions 7 & 8 are put forward to give the directors authority to allot new shares (including to those shareholders exercising their 
preference to receive dividends in the form of Scrip shares). The resolutions limit the requested authority to the stated maximum as an added 
shareholder protection. These authorities give the directors the flexibility in financing possible business opportunities and are normal practise 
for a company of this size, and are routinely put to shareholders.  

4.  Authority to purchase shares

Special resolution 9 is put forward to give the directors the ability to buy back and cancel existing shares if they feel that such action would 
benefit all remaining shareholders and are normal practise for a company of this size, and are routinely put to shareholders.  

5.  Documents on display

Copies of necessary documents will be available on the Company’s website prior to and during the Meeting.

6.  Enquiries relating to the Meeting

Members are welcome to contact the Company Secretary with any enquiries relating to the Meeting or the Agenda during normal business 
hours at any time prior to the Meeting. Enquiries concerning shareholdings should be directed to the Company’s external registrar at the 
following address: Neville Registrars, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands, B62 8HD (Tel. 0121 585 1131.)

115

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023

 
Notes to Notice of Annual General Meeting

SHAREHOLDER FRAUD WARNING

Shareholders are advised that as the Company’s share register is a public document, details concerning individual shareholdings may be available 
to people who may try to use such information for fraudulent, scam or other criminal purposes. Extreme diligence is recommended whenever you 
receive any un-solicited contact about your Wynnstay Group plc shares or any other investment holding. Fraudsters can be very persuasive and 
will use high pressure tactics to try to scam investors they believe to have disposable resources. Such contact may be used to sell shares or other 
investments which may be fake or worthless, or to try to persuade you to dispose of existing investments for below their market value.

The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has a very useful website providing information on known frauds and scams, and identifying companies that 
may be operating in an unauthorised or illegal manner, which is likely to increase the risk associated with doing business with them. Please visit

http://scamsmart.fca.org.uk/.

Some simple advice to avoid investment scams and share frauds include:

1.  Hang up on cold calls – if you are cold called in relation to investment opportunities there is a high risk that it may involve an attempted scam. 

The safest thing to do is to hang up.

2.  Check  out  any  firm  –  before  considering  any  relationship  with  a  new  individual  or  firm  offering  financial  services,  check  them  out  on  the 
Financial Services Register on the FCA website. Generally all businesses legally authorised to offer such services will be regulated by the FCA.      

3.  Get impartial advice – before handing over any money in relation to new investments, think about seeking advice from someone unconnected 

to the new contact or entity that would receive your funds.

4.  Report a scam – if you suspect you have been approached by attempted fraudsters, then please report it to the FCA by using the reporting 
form available on the FCA website. If you have actually lost money to an investment fraud, you should report it to the police using the Action 
Fraud National Reporting scheme on 0300 123 2040 or http://www.actionfraud.police.uk/.

REMEMBER, IF IT SOUNDS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE, IT PROBABLY IS!

Financial Calendar

30 January 2024                 Announcement of 2023 Results

26 March 2024                    Annual General Meeting

02 April 2024

Dividend Record Date

30 April 2024                     Payment of Final 2023 Dividends

June 2024                           Announcement of 2024 Interim Results

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023       Wynnstay Group Plc 116